macosx/Controller.mm

   1 /* $Id: Controller.mm,v 1.79 2005/11/04 19:41:32 titer Exp $
   2
   3    This file is part of the HandBrake source code.
   4    Homepage: <http://handbrake.fr/>.
   5    It may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public License. */
   6
   7 #import "Controller.h"
   8 #import "HBOutputPanelController.h"
   9 #import "HBPreferencesController.h"
  10 #import "HBDVDDetector.h"
  11 #import "HBPresets.h"
  12 #import "HBPreviewController.h"
  13
  14 #define DragDropSimplePboardType        @"MyCustomOutlineViewPboardType"
  15
  16 /* We setup the toolbar values here */
  17 static NSString *        ToggleDrawerIdentifier             = @"Toggle Drawer Item Identifier";
  18 static NSString *        StartEncodingIdentifier            = @"Start Encoding Item Identifier";
  19 static NSString *        PauseEncodingIdentifier            = @"Pause Encoding Item Identifier";
  20 static NSString *        ShowQueueIdentifier                = @"Show Queue Item Identifier";
  21 static NSString *        AddToQueueIdentifier               = @"Add to Queue Item Identifier";
  22 static NSString *        ShowPictureIdentifier             = @"Show Picture Window Item Identifier";
  23 static NSString *        ShowActivityIdentifier             = @"Debug Output Item Identifier";
  24 static NSString *        ChooseSourceIdentifier             = @"Choose Source Item Identifier";
  25
  26
  27 /*******************************
  28  * HBController implementation *
  29  *******************************/
  30 @implementation HBController
  31
  32 - (id)init
  33 {
  34     self = [super init];
  35     if( !self )
  36     {
  37         return nil;
  38     }
  39
  40     [HBPreferencesController registerUserDefaults];
  41     fHandle = NULL;
  42     fQueueEncodeLibhb = NULL;
  43     /* Check for check for the app support directory here as
  44      * outputPanel needs it right away, as may other future methods
  45      */
  46     NSString *libraryDir = [NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains( NSLibraryDirectory,
  47                                                                 NSUserDomainMask,
  48                                                                 YES ) objectAtIndex:0];
  49     AppSupportDirectory = [[libraryDir stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Application Support"]
  50                            stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"HandBrake"];
  51     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:AppSupportDirectory] )
  52     {
  53         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:AppSupportDirectory
  54                                                    attributes:nil];
  55     }
  56     /* Check for and create the App Support Preview directory if necessary */
  57     NSString *PreviewDirectory = [AppSupportDirectory stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Previews"];
  58     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:PreviewDirectory] )
  59     {
  60         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:PreviewDirectory
  61                                                    attributes:nil];
  62     }
  63     outputPanel = [[HBOutputPanelController alloc] init];
  64     fPictureController = [[PictureController alloc] init];
  65     fQueueController = [[HBQueueController alloc] init];
  66     fAdvancedOptions = [[HBAdvancedController alloc] init];
  67     /* we init the HBPresets class which currently is only used
  68      * for updating built in presets, may move more functionality
  69      * there in the future
  70      */
  71     fPresetsBuiltin = [[HBPresets alloc] init];
  72     fPreferencesController = [[HBPreferencesController alloc] init];
  73     /* Lets report the HandBrake version number here to the activity log and text log file */
  74     NSString *versionStringFull = [[NSString stringWithFormat: @"Handbrake Version: %@", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleShortVersionString"]] stringByAppendingString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @" (%@)", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"]]];
  75     [self writeToActivityLog: "%s", [versionStringFull UTF8String]];
  76
  77     return self;
  78 }
  79
  80
  81 - (void) applicationDidFinishLaunching: (NSNotification *) notification
  82 {
  83     /* Init libhb with check for updates libhb style set to "0" so its ignored and lets sparkle take care of it */
  84     int loggingLevel = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"LoggingLevel"] intValue];
  85     fHandle = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
  86     /* Optional dvd nav UseDvdNav*/
  87     hb_dvd_set_dvdnav([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue]);
  88     /* Init a separate instance of libhb for user scanning and setting up jobs */
  89     fQueueEncodeLibhb = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
  90
  91         // Set the Growl Delegate
  92     [GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate: self];
  93     /* Init others controllers */
  94     [fPictureController SetHandle: fHandle];
  95     [fPictureController   setHBController: self];
  96
  97     [fQueueController   setHandle: fQueueEncodeLibhb];
  98     [fQueueController   setHBController: self];
  99
 100     fChapterTitlesDelegate = [[ChapterTitles alloc] init];
 101     [fChapterTable setDataSource:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 102     [fChapterTable setDelegate:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 103
 104     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveName:@"Presets View"];
 105     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveExpandedItems:YES];
 106
 107     dockIconProgress = 0;
 108
 109     /* Call UpdateUI every 1/2 sec */
 110     [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] addTimer:[NSTimer
 111                                           scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:0.5 target:self
 112                                           selector:@selector(updateUI:) userInfo:nil repeats:YES]
 113                                  forMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode];
 114
 115     // Open debug output window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 116     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"OutputPanelIsOpen"])
 117         [self showDebugOutputPanel:nil];
 118
 119     // Open queue window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 120     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"QueueWindowIsOpen"])
 121         [self showQueueWindow:nil];
 122
 123         [self openMainWindow:nil];
 124
 125     /* We have to set the bool to tell hb what to do after a scan
 126      * Initially we set it to NO until we start processing the queue
 127      */
 128      applyQueueToScan = NO;
 129
 130     /* Now we re-check the queue array to see if there are
 131      * any remaining encodes to be done in it and ask the
 132      * user if they want to reload the queue */
 133     if ([QueueFileArray count] > 0)
 134         {
 135         /* run  getQueueStats to see whats in the queue file */
 136         [self getQueueStats];
 137         /* this results in these values
 138          * fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
 139          * fPendingCount = 0;
 140          * fCompletedCount = 0;
 141          * fCanceledCount = 0;
 142          * fWorkingCount = 0;
 143          */
 144
 145         /*On Screen Notification*/
 146         NSString * alertTitle;
 147
 148         /* We check to see if there is already another instance of hb running.
 149          * Note: hbInstances == 1 means we are the only instance of HandBrake.app
 150          */
 151         if ([self hbInstances] > 1)
 152         {
 153         alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 154                          NSLocalizedString(@"There is already an instance of HandBrake running.", @"")];
 155         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 156                                       alertTitle,
 157                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 158                                       nil,
 159                                       nil,
 160                                       fWindow, self,
 161                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 162                                       NSLocalizedString(@" HandBrake will now load up the existing queue.", nil));
 163         }
 164         else
 165         {
 166             if (fWorkingCount > 0)
 167             {
 168                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 169                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Previously Encoding Item and %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 170                               fWorkingCount,fPendingCount];
 171             }
 172             else
 173             {
 174                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 175                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 176                               fPendingCount];
 177             }
 178
 179             NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 180                                       alertTitle,
 181                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 182                                       nil,
 183                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Empty Queue", nil),
 184                                       fWindow, self,
 185                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 186                                       NSLocalizedString(@" Do you want to reload them ?", nil));
 187         }
 188
 189         // call didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 190         // right below to either clear the old queue or keep it loaded up.
 191     }
 192     else
 193     {
 194         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 195         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 196         {
 197             [self browseSources:nil];
 198         }
 199
 200         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 201         {
 202             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 203         }
 204     }
 205 }
 206
 207 - (int) hbInstances
 208 {
 209     /* check to see if another instance of HandBrake.app is running */
 210     NSArray *runningAppDictionaries = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] launchedApplications];
 211     NSDictionary *aDictionary;
 212     int hbInstances = 0;
 213     for (aDictionary in runningAppDictionaries)
 214         {
 215         //      NSLog(@"Open App: %@", [aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"]);
 216
 217         if ([[aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"] isEqualToString:@"HandBrake"])
 218                 {
 219             hbInstances++;
 220                 }
 221         }
 222     return hbInstances;
 223 }
 224
 225 - (void) didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 226 {
 227     if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
 228     {
 229         [self clearQueueAllItems];
 230         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 231         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 232         {
 233             [self browseSources:nil];
 234         }
 235
 236         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 237         {
 238             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 239         }
 240     }
 241     else
 242     {
 243         if ([self hbInstances] == 1)
 244         {
 245             [self setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending];
 246         }
 247         [self showQueueWindow:NULL];
 248     }
 249 }
 250
 251 - (NSApplicationTerminateReply) applicationShouldTerminate: (NSApplication *) app
 252 {
 253     /* if we are in preview full screen mode, we need to go to
 254      * windowed mode and release the display before we terminate.
 255      * We do it here (instead of applicationWillTerminate) so we
 256      * release the displays and can then see the alerts below.
 257      */
 258     if ([fPictureController previewFullScreenMode] == YES)
 259     {
 260         [fPictureController previewGoWindowed:nil];
 261     }
 262
 263     hb_state_t s;
 264     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 265
 266     if ( s.state != HB_STATE_IDLE )
 267     {
 268         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 269                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 270                                              NSLocalizedString(@"If you quit HandBrake your current encode will be reloaded into your queue at next launch. Do you want to quit anyway?", nil),
 271                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil, @"A movie" );
 272
 273         if (result == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
 274         {
 275             return NSTerminateNow;
 276         }
 277         else
 278             return NSTerminateCancel;
 279     }
 280
 281     // Warn if items still in the queue
 282     else if ( fPendingCount > 0 )
 283     {
 284         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 285                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 286                                              NSLocalizedString(@"There are pending encodes in your queue. Do you want to quit anyway?",nil),
 287                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil);
 288
 289         if ( result == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
 290             return NSTerminateNow;
 291         else
 292             return NSTerminateCancel;
 293     }
 294
 295     return NSTerminateNow;
 296 }
 297
 298 - (void)applicationWillTerminate:(NSNotification *)aNotification
 299 {
 300
 301     [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
 302     [outputPanel release];
 303         [fQueueController release];
 304     [fPreviewController release];
 305     [fPictureController release];
 306
 307         hb_close(&fHandle);
 308     hb_close(&fQueueEncodeLibhb);
 309 }
 310
 311
 312 - (void) awakeFromNib
 313 {
 314     [fWindow center];
 315     [fWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];
 316     [fAdvancedOptions setView:fAdvancedView];
 317
 318     /* lets setup our presets drawer for drag and drop here */
 319     [fPresetsOutlineView registerForDraggedTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject:DragDropSimplePboardType] ];
 320     [fPresetsOutlineView setDraggingSourceOperationMask:NSDragOperationEvery forLocal:YES];
 321     [fPresetsOutlineView setVerticalMotionCanBeginDrag: YES];
 322
 323     /* Initialize currentScanCount so HB can use it to
 324      evaluate successive scans */
 325         currentScanCount = 0;
 326
 327
 328     /* Init UserPresets .plist */
 329         [self loadPresets];
 330
 331     /* Init QueueFile .plist */
 332     [self loadQueueFile];
 333
 334     fRipIndicatorShown = NO;  // initially out of view in the nib
 335
 336     /* For 64 bit builds, the threaded animation in the progress
 337      * indicators conflicts with the animation in the advanced tab
 338      * for reasons not completely clear. jbrjake found a note in the
 339      * 10.5 dev notes regarding this possiblility. It was also noted
 340      * that unless specified, setUsesThreadedAnimation defaults to true.
 341      * So, at least for now we set the indicator animation to NO for
 342      * both the scan and regular progress indicators for both 32 and 64 bit
 343      * as it test out fine on both and there is no reason our progress indicators
 344      * should require their own thread.
 345      */
 346
 347     [fScanIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 348     [fRipIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 349
 350
 351
 352         /* Show/Dont Show Presets drawer upon launch based
 353      on user preference DefaultPresetsDrawerShow*/
 354         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultPresetsDrawerShow"] > 0 )
 355         {
 356         [fPresetDrawer setDelegate:self];
 357         NSSize drawerSize = NSSizeFromString( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]
 358                                                stringForKey:@"Drawer Size"] );
 359         if( drawerSize.width )
 360             [fPresetDrawer setContentSize: drawerSize];
 361                 [fPresetDrawer open];
 362         }
 363
 364     /* Initially set the dvd angle widgets to hidden (dvdnav only) */
 365     [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
 366     [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
 367
 368     /* Destination box*/
 369     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
 370     [fDstFormatPopUp removeAllItems];
 371     // MP4 file
 372     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP4 file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 373     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MP4];
 374         // MKV file
 375     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MKV file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 376     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MKV];
 377
 378     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 379
 380     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
 381
 382         /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here since we are .mp4 */
 383         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
 384         if ([fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 && [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultChapterMarkers"] > 0)
 385         {
 386                 [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOnState];
 387         }
 388
 389
 390
 391
 392     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 393                                      @"%@/Desktop/Movie.mp4", NSHomeDirectory()]];
 394
 395     /* Video encoder */
 396     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
 397     [fVidEncoderPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"FFmpeg"];
 398     [fVidEncoderPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"XviD"];
 399
 400
 401
 402     /* Video quality */
 403     [fVidTargetSizeField setIntValue: 700];
 404         [fVidBitrateField    setIntValue: 1000];
 405
 406     [fVidQualityMatrix   selectCell: fVidBitrateCell];
 407     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 408
 409     /* Video framerate */
 410     [fVidRatePopUp removeAllItems];
 411         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"Same as source", @"" )];
 412     for( int i = 0; i < hb_video_rates_count; i++ )
 413     {
 414         if ([[NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.3f",23.976]])
 415                 {
 416                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 417                                              [NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Film)"]];
 418                 }
 419                 else if ([[NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",25]])
 420                 {
 421                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 422                                              [NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (PAL Film/Video)"]];
 423                 }
 424                 else if ([[NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f",29.97]])
 425                 {
 426                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 427                                              [NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Video)"]];
 428                 }
 429                 else
 430                 {
 431                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 432              [NSString stringWithCString: hb_video_rates[i].string]];
 433                 }
 434     }
 435     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 436
 437         /* Set Auto Crop to On at launch */
 438     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
 439
 440         /* Audio bitrate */
 441     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
 442     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
 443     {
 444         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 445          [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]];
 446
 447     }
 448     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_bitrates_default];
 449
 450     /* Audio samplerate */
 451     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
 452     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
 453     {
 454         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 455          [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_rates[i].string]];
 456     }
 457     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_rates_default];
 458
 459     /* Bottom */
 460     [fStatusField setStringValue: @""];
 461
 462     [self enableUI: NO];
 463         [self setupToolbar];
 464
 465         /* We disable the Turbo 1st pass checkbox since we are not x264 */
 466         [fVidTurboPassCheck setEnabled: NO];
 467         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
 468
 469
 470         /* lets get our default prefs here */
 471         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
 472         /* lets initialize the current successful scancount here to 0 */
 473         currentSuccessfulScanCount = 0;
 474
 475
 476 }
 477
 478 - (void) enableUI: (bool) b
 479 {
 480     NSControl * controls[] =
 481     { fSrcTitleField, fSrcTitlePopUp,
 482         fSrcChapterField, fSrcChapterStartPopUp, fSrcChapterToField,
 483         fSrcChapterEndPopUp, fSrcDuration1Field, fSrcDuration2Field,
 484         fDstFormatField, fDstFormatPopUp, fDstFile1Field, fDstFile2Field,
 485         fDstBrowseButton, fVidRateField, fVidRatePopUp,fVidEncoderField, fVidEncoderPopUp, fVidQualityField,
 486         fPictureSizeField,fPictureCroppingField, fVideoFiltersField,fVidQualityMatrix, fSubField, fSubPopUp,
 487         fAudSourceLabel, fAudCodecLabel, fAudMixdownLabel, fAudSamplerateLabel, fAudBitrateLabel,
 488         fAudTrack1Label, fAudTrack2Label, fAudTrack3Label, fAudTrack4Label,
 489         fAudLang1PopUp, fAudLang2PopUp, fAudLang3PopUp, fAudLang4PopUp,
 490         fAudTrack1CodecPopUp, fAudTrack2CodecPopUp, fAudTrack3CodecPopUp, fAudTrack4CodecPopUp,
 491         fAudTrack1MixPopUp, fAudTrack2MixPopUp, fAudTrack3MixPopUp, fAudTrack4MixPopUp,
 492         fAudTrack1RatePopUp, fAudTrack2RatePopUp, fAudTrack3RatePopUp, fAudTrack4RatePopUp,
 493         fAudTrack1BitratePopUp, fAudTrack2BitratePopUp, fAudTrack3BitratePopUp, fAudTrack4BitratePopUp,
 494         fAudDrcLabel, fAudTrack1DrcSlider, fAudTrack1DrcField, fAudTrack2DrcSlider,
 495         fAudTrack2DrcField, fAudTrack3DrcSlider, fAudTrack3DrcField, fAudTrack4DrcSlider,fAudTrack4DrcField,
 496         fQueueStatus,fPresetsAdd,fPresetsDelete,fSrcAngleLabel,fSrcAnglePopUp,
 497                 fCreateChapterMarkers,fVidTurboPassCheck,fDstMp4LargeFileCheck,fSubForcedCheck,fPresetsOutlineView,
 498     fAudDrcLabel,fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck,fDstMp4iPodFileCheck,fVidQualityRFField,fVidQualityRFLabel};
 499
 500     for( unsigned i = 0;
 501         i < sizeof( controls ) / sizeof( NSControl * ); i++ )
 502     {
 503         if( [[controls[i] className] isEqualToString: @"NSTextField"] )
 504         {
 505             NSTextField * tf = (NSTextField *) controls[i];
 506             if( ![tf isBezeled] )
 507             {
 508                 [tf setTextColor: b ? [NSColor controlTextColor] :
 509                  [NSColor disabledControlTextColor]];
 510                 continue;
 511             }
 512         }
 513         [controls[i] setEnabled: b];
 514
 515     }
 516
 517         if (b) {
 518
 519         /* if we're enabling the interface, check if the audio mixdown controls need to be enabled or not */
 520         /* these will have been enabled by the mass control enablement above anyway, so we're sense-checking it here */
 521         [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
 522         /* we also call calculatePictureSizing here to sense check if we already have vfr selected */
 523         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
 524
 525         } else {
 526
 527                 [fPresetsOutlineView setEnabled: NO];
 528
 529         }
 530
 531     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 532     [fAdvancedOptions enableUI:b];
 533 }
 534
 535
 536 /***********************************************************************
 537  * UpdateDockIcon
 538  ***********************************************************************
 539  * Shows a progression bar on the dock icon, filled according to
 540  * 'progress' (0.0 <= progress <= 1.0).
 541  * Called with progress < 0.0 or progress > 1.0, restores the original
 542  * icon.
 543  **********************************************************************/
 544 - (void) UpdateDockIcon: (float) progress
 545 {
 546     NSImage * icon;
 547     NSData * tiff;
 548     NSBitmapImageRep * bmp;
 549     uint32_t * pen;
 550     uint32_t black = htonl( 0x000000FF );
 551     uint32_t red   = htonl( 0xFF0000FF );
 552     uint32_t white = htonl( 0xFFFFFFFF );
 553     int row_start, row_end;
 554     int i, j;
 555
 556     /* Get application original icon */
 557     icon = [NSImage imageNamed: @"NSApplicationIcon"];
 558
 559     if( progress < 0.0 || progress > 1.0 )
 560     {
 561         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: icon];
 562         return;
 563     }
 564
 565     /* Get it in a raw bitmap form */
 566     tiff = [icon TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 567             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 568     bmp = [NSBitmapImageRep imageRepWithData: tiff];
 569
 570     /* Draw the progression bar */
 571     /* It's pretty simple (ugly?) now, but I'm no designer */
 572
 573     row_start = 3 * (int) [bmp size].height / 4;
 574     row_end   = 7 * (int) [bmp size].height / 8;
 575
 576     for( i = row_start; i < row_start + 2; i++ )
 577     {
 578         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 579         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 580         {
 581             pen[j] = black;
 582         }
 583     }
 584     for( i = row_start + 2; i < row_end - 2; i++ )
 585     {
 586         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 587         pen[0] = black;
 588         pen[1] = black;
 589         for( j = 2; j < (int) [bmp size].width - 2; j++ )
 590         {
 591             if( j < 2 + (int) ( ( [bmp size].width - 4.0 ) * progress ) )
 592             {
 593                 pen[j] = red;
 594             }
 595             else
 596             {
 597                 pen[j] = white;
 598             }
 599         }
 600         pen[j]   = black;
 601         pen[j+1] = black;
 602     }
 603     for( i = row_end - 2; i < row_end; i++ )
 604     {
 605         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 606         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 607         {
 608             pen[j] = black;
 609         }
 610     }
 611
 612     /* Now update the dock icon */
 613     tiff = [bmp TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 614             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 615     icon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithData: tiff];
 616     [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: icon];
 617     [icon release];
 618 }
 619
 620 - (void) updateUI: (NSTimer *) timer
 621 {
 622
 623     /* Update UI for fHandle (user scanning instance of libhb ) */
 624
 625     hb_list_t  * list;
 626     list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
 627     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 628      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 629      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 630         int checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fHandle );
 631         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 632         {
 633                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 634         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 635         [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 636         [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 637                 [self showNewScan:nil];
 638         }
 639
 640     hb_state_t s;
 641     hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
 642
 643     switch( s.state )
 644     {
 645         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 646             break;
 647 #define p s.param.scanning
 648         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 649                 {
 650             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 651                                             NSLocalizedString( @"Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 652                                             p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 653             [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
 654             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 100.0 * ((double)( p.title_cur - 1 ) / p.title_count)];
 655             break;
 656                 }
 657 #undef p
 658
 659 #define p s.param.scandone
 660         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 661         {
 662             [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 663             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 664             [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 665                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fHandle"];
 666             [self showNewScan:nil];
 667             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 668
 669                         break;
 670         }
 671 #undef p
 672
 673 #define p s.param.working
 674         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 675         {
 676
 677             break;
 678         }
 679 #undef p
 680
 681 #define p s.param.muxing
 682         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 683         {
 684
 685             break;
 686         }
 687 #undef p
 688
 689         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 690             break;
 691
 692         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 693         {
 694             break;
 695         }
 696     }
 697
 698
 699     /* Update UI for fQueueEncodeLibhb */
 700     // hb_list_t  * list;
 701     // list = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb ); //fQueueEncodeLibhb
 702     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 703      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 704      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 705
 706     checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
 707         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 708         {
 709                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 710         [self writeToActivityLog:"currentScanCount received from fQueueEncodeLibhb"];
 711         }
 712
 713     //hb_state_t s;
 714     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 715
 716     switch( s.state )
 717     {
 718         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 719             break;
 720 #define p s.param.scanning
 721         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 722                 {
 723             [fStatusField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 724                                            NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 725                                            p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 726
 727             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 728             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 729                                                      NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 730                                                      p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 731             break;
 732                 }
 733 #undef p
 734
 735 #define p s.param.scandone
 736         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 737         {
 738                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fQueueEncodeLibhb"];
 739             [self processNewQueueEncode];
 740             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 741
 742                         break;
 743         }
 744 #undef p
 745
 746 #define p s.param.working
 747         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 748         {
 749             NSMutableString * string;
 750                         /* Update text field */
 751                         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Encoding: pass %d of %d, %.2f %%", @"" ), p.job_cur, p.job_count, 100.0 * p.progress];
 752
 753                         if( p.seconds > -1 )
 754             {
 755                 [string appendFormat:
 756                  NSLocalizedString( @" (%.2f fps, avg %.2f fps, ETA %02dh%02dm%02ds)", @"" ),
 757                  p.rate_cur, p.rate_avg, p.hours, p.minutes, p.seconds];
 758             }
 759
 760             [fStatusField setStringValue: string];
 761             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 762             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: string];
 763             /* Update slider */
 764             CGFloat progress_total = ( p.progress + p.job_cur - 1 ) / p.job_count;
 765             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 766             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue:100.0 * progress_total];
 767
 768             // If progress bar hasn't been revealed at the bottom of the window, do
 769             // that now. This code used to be in doRip. I moved it to here to handle
 770             // the case where hb_start is called by HBQueueController and not from
 771             // HBController.
 772             if( !fRipIndicatorShown )
 773             {
 774                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 775                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 776                     frame.size.width = 591;
 777                 frame.size.height += 36;
 778                 frame.origin.y -= 36;
 779                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 780                 fRipIndicatorShown = YES;
 781
 782             }
 783
 784             /* Update dock icon */
 785             if( dockIconProgress < 100.0 * progress_total )
 786             {
 787                 [self UpdateDockIcon: progress_total];
 788                 dockIconProgress += 5;
 789             }
 790
 791             break;
 792         }
 793 #undef p
 794
 795 #define p s.param.muxing
 796         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 797         {
 798             /* Update text field */
 799             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 800             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 801             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 802             /* Update slider */
 803             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
 804             [fRipIndicator startAnimation: nil];
 805
 806             /* Update dock icon */
 807             [self UpdateDockIcon: 1.0];
 808
 809                         break;
 810         }
 811 #undef p
 812
 813         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 814                     [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 815             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 816
 817                         break;
 818
 819         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 820         {
 821             // HB_STATE_WORKDONE happpens as a result of libhb finishing all its jobs
 822             // or someone calling hb_stop. In the latter case, hb_stop does not clear
 823             // out the remaining passes/jobs in the queue. We'll do that here.
 824
 825             // Delete all remaining jobs of this encode.
 826             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 827             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 828             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 829             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 830             [fRipIndicator stopAnimation: nil];
 831             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 832             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 833
 834             /* Restore dock icon */
 835             [self UpdateDockIcon: -1.0];
 836             dockIconProgress = 0;
 837
 838             if( fRipIndicatorShown )
 839             {
 840                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 841                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 842                                     frame.size.width = 591;
 843                 frame.size.height += -36;
 844                 frame.origin.y -= -36;
 845                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 846                                 fRipIndicatorShown = NO;
 847                         }
 848             /* Since we are done with this encode, tell output to stop writing to the
 849              * individual encode log
 850              */
 851                         [outputPanel endEncodeLog];
 852             /* Check to see if the encode state has not been cancelled
 853              to determine if we should check for encode done notifications */
 854                         if( fEncodeState != 2 )
 855             {
 856                 NSString *pathOfFinishedEncode;
 857                 /* Get the output file name for the finished encode */
 858                 pathOfFinishedEncode = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"];
 859
 860                 /* Both the Growl Alert and Sending to MetaX can be done as encodes roll off the queue */
 861                 /* Growl alert */
 862                 [self showGrowlDoneNotification:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 863                 /* Send to MetaX */
 864                 [self sendToMetaX:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 865
 866                 /* since we have successfully completed an encode, we increment the queue counter */
 867                 [self incrementQueueItemDone:nil];
 868
 869                 /* all end of queue actions below need to be done after all queue encodes have finished
 870                  * and there are no pending jobs left to process
 871                  */
 872                 if (fPendingCount == 0)
 873                 {
 874                     /* If Alert Window or Window and Growl has been selected */
 875                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window"] ||
 876                        [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"] )
 877                     {
 878                         /*On Screen Notification*/
 879                         int status;
 880                         NSBeep();
 881                         status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Put down that cocktail...",@"Your HandBrake queue is done!", @"OK", nil, nil);
 882                         [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
 883                     }
 884
 885                     /* If sleep has been selected */
 886                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"] )
 887                     {
 888                         /* Sleep */
 889                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 890                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 891                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 892                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to sleep"];
 893                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 894                         [scriptObject release];
 895                     }
 896                     /* If Shutdown has been selected */
 897                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"] )
 898                     {
 899                         /* Shut Down */
 900                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 901                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 902                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 903                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to shut down"];
 904                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 905                         [scriptObject release];
 906                     }
 907
 908                 }
 909
 910
 911             }
 912
 913             break;
 914         }
 915     }
 916
 917 }
 918
 919 /* We use this to write messages to stderr from the macgui which show up in the activity window and log*/
 920 - (void) writeToActivityLog:(const char *) format, ...
 921 {
 922     va_list args;
 923     va_start(args, format);
 924     if (format != nil)
 925     {
 926         char str[1024];
 927         vsnprintf( str, 1024, format, args );
 928
 929         time_t _now = time( NULL );
 930         struct tm * now  = localtime( &_now );
 931         fprintf(stderr, "[%02d:%02d:%02d] macgui: %s\n", now->tm_hour, now->tm_min, now->tm_sec, str );
 932     }
 933     va_end(args);
 934 }
 935
 936 #pragma mark -
 937 #pragma mark Toolbar
 938 // ============================================================
 939 // NSToolbar Related Methods
 940 // ============================================================
 941
 942 - (void) setupToolbar {
 943     NSToolbar *toolbar = [[[NSToolbar alloc] initWithIdentifier: @"HandBrake Toolbar"] autorelease];
 944
 945     [toolbar setAllowsUserCustomization: YES];
 946     [toolbar setAutosavesConfiguration: YES];
 947     [toolbar setDisplayMode: NSToolbarDisplayModeIconAndLabel];
 948
 949     [toolbar setDelegate: self];
 950
 951     [fWindow setToolbar: toolbar];
 952 }
 953
 954 - (NSToolbarItem *) toolbar: (NSToolbar *)toolbar itemForItemIdentifier:
 955     (NSString *) itemIdent willBeInsertedIntoToolbar:(BOOL) willBeInserted {
 956     NSToolbarItem * item = [[[NSToolbarItem alloc] initWithItemIdentifier: itemIdent] autorelease];
 957
 958     if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
 959     {
 960         [item setLabel: @"Toggle Presets"];
 961         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Toggler Presets"];
 962         [item setToolTip: @"Open/Close Preset Drawer"];
 963         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Drawer"]];
 964         [item setTarget: self];
 965         [item setAction: @selector(toggleDrawer:)];
 966         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
 967     }
 968     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
 969     {
 970         [item setLabel: @"Start"];
 971         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
 972         [item setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
 973         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
 974         [item setTarget: self];
 975         [item setAction: @selector(Rip:)];
 976     }
 977     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
 978     {
 979         [item setLabel: @"Show Queue"];
 980         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Queue"];
 981         [item setToolTip: @"Show Queue"];
 982         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Queue"]];
 983         [item setTarget: self];
 984         [item setAction: @selector(showQueueWindow:)];
 985         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
 986     }
 987     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
 988     {
 989         [item setLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
 990         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
 991         [item setToolTip: @"Add to Queue"];
 992         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"AddToQueue"]];
 993         [item setTarget: self];
 994         [item setAction: @selector(addToQueue:)];
 995     }
 996     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
 997     {
 998         [item setLabel: @"Pause"];
 999         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1000         [item setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1001         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1002         [item setTarget: self];
1003         [item setAction: @selector(Pause:)];
1004     }
1005     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1006     {
1007         [item setLabel: @"Picture Settings"];
1008         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1009         [item setToolTip: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1010         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1011         [item setTarget: self];
1012         [item setAction: @selector(showPicturePanel:)];
1013     }
1014     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1015     {
1016         [item setLabel: @"Activity Window"];
1017         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Activity Window"];
1018         [item setToolTip: @"Show Activity Window"];
1019         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"ActivityWindow"]];
1020         [item setTarget: self];
1021         [item setAction: @selector(showDebugOutputPanel:)];
1022         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1023     }
1024     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1025     {
1026         [item setLabel: @"Source"];
1027         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Source"];
1028         [item setToolTip: @"Choose Video Source"];
1029         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Source"]];
1030         [item setTarget: self];
1031         [item setAction: @selector(browseSources:)];
1032     }
1033     else
1034     {
1035         return nil;
1036     }
1037
1038     return item;
1039 }
1040
1041 - (NSArray *) toolbarDefaultItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1042 {
1043     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects: ChooseSourceIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, StartEncodingIdentifier,
1044         PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1045                 NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier, nil];
1046 }
1047
1048 - (NSArray *) toolbarAllowedItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1049 {
1050     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects:  StartEncodingIdentifier, PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier,
1051         ChooseSourceIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier,
1052         NSToolbarCustomizeToolbarItemIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1053         NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, nil];
1054 }
1055
1056 - (BOOL) validateToolbarItem: (NSToolbarItem *) toolbarItem
1057 {
1058     NSString * ident = [toolbarItem itemIdentifier];
1059
1060     if (fHandle)
1061     {
1062         hb_state_t s;
1063         hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
1064
1065         if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING)
1066         {
1067             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1068             {
1069                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Stop"]];
1070                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Stop"];
1071                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Stop"];
1072                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Stop Encoding"];
1073                 return YES;
1074             }
1075             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1076             {
1077                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1078                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Pause"];
1079                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1080                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1081                 return YES;
1082             }
1083             if (SuccessfulScan)
1084             {
1085                 if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1086                     return YES;
1087                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1088                     return YES;
1089             }
1090         }
1091         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1092         {
1093             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1094             {
1095                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1096                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Resume"];
1097                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Resume Encoding"];
1098                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Resume Encoding"];
1099                 return YES;
1100             }
1101             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1102                 return YES;
1103             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1104                 return YES;
1105             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1106                 return YES;
1107         }
1108         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1109             return NO;
1110         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKDONE || s.state == HB_STATE_SCANDONE || SuccessfulScan)
1111         {
1112             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1113             {
1114                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1115                 if (hb_count(fHandle) > 0)
1116                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start Queue"];
1117                 else
1118                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start"];
1119                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1120                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1121                 return YES;
1122             }
1123             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1124                 return YES;
1125             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1126                 return YES;
1127         }
1128
1129     }
1130     /* If there are any pending queue items, make sure the start/stop button is active */
1131     if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] && fPendingCount > 0)
1132         return YES;
1133     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1134         return YES;
1135     if ([ident isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
1136         return YES;
1137     if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1138         return YES;
1139     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1140         return YES;
1141
1142     return NO;
1143 }
1144
1145 - (BOOL) validateMenuItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem
1146 {
1147     SEL action = [menuItem action];
1148
1149     hb_state_t s;
1150     hb_get_state2( fHandle, &s );
1151
1152     if (fHandle)
1153     {
1154         if (action == @selector(addToQueue:) || action == @selector(showPicturePanel:) || action == @selector(showAddPresetPanel:))
1155             return SuccessfulScan && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1156
1157         if (action == @selector(browseSources:))
1158         {
1159             if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1160                 return NO;
1161             else
1162                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1163         }
1164         if (action == @selector(selectDefaultPreset:))
1165             return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1166         if (action == @selector(Pause:))
1167         {
1168             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING)
1169             {
1170                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Pause Encoding"])
1171                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Pause Encoding"];
1172                 return YES;
1173             }
1174             else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1175             {
1176                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Resume Encoding"])
1177                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Resume Encoding"];
1178                 return YES;
1179             }
1180             else
1181                 return NO;
1182         }
1183         if (action == @selector(Rip:))
1184         {
1185             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1186             {
1187                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Stop Encoding"])
1188                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Stop Encoding"];
1189                 return YES;
1190             }
1191             else if (SuccessfulScan)
1192             {
1193                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Start Encoding"])
1194                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Start Encoding"];
1195                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1196             }
1197             else
1198                 return NO;
1199         }
1200     }
1201     if( action == @selector(setDefaultPreset:) )
1202     {
1203         return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] != -1;
1204     }
1205
1206     return YES;
1207 }
1208
1209 #pragma mark -
1210 #pragma mark Encode Done Actions
1211 // register a test notification and make
1212 // it enabled by default
1213 #define SERVICE_NAME @"Encode Done"
1214 - (NSDictionary *)registrationDictionaryForGrowl
1215 {
1216     NSDictionary *registrationDictionary = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
1217     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL,
1218     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT,
1219     nil];
1220
1221     return registrationDictionary;
1222 }
1223
1224 -(void)showGrowlDoneNotification:(NSString *) filePath
1225 {
1226     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1227     NSString * finishedEncode = filePath;
1228     /* strip off the path to just show the file name */
1229     finishedEncode = [finishedEncode lastPathComponent];
1230     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Growl Notification"] ||
1231         [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"])
1232     {
1233         NSString * growlMssg = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"your HandBrake encode %@ is done!",finishedEncode];
1234         [GrowlApplicationBridge
1235          notifyWithTitle:@"Put down that cocktail..."
1236          description:growlMssg
1237          notificationName:SERVICE_NAME
1238          iconData:nil
1239          priority:0
1240          isSticky:1
1241          clickContext:nil];
1242     }
1243
1244 }
1245 -(void)sendToMetaX:(NSString *) filePath
1246 {
1247     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1248     if([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"sendToMetaX"] == YES)
1249     {
1250         NSAppleScript *myScript = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@%@", @"tell application \"MetaX\" to open (POSIX file \"", filePath, @"\")"]];
1251         [myScript executeAndReturnError: nil];
1252         [myScript release];
1253     }
1254 }
1255 #pragma mark -
1256 #pragma mark Get New Source
1257
1258 /*Opens the source browse window, called from Open Source widgets */
1259 - (IBAction) browseSources: (id) sender
1260 {
1261     NSOpenPanel * panel;
1262
1263     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
1264     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
1265     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
1266     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: YES ];
1267     NSString * sourceDirectory;
1268         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"])
1269         {
1270                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1271         }
1272         else
1273         {
1274                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
1275                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
1276         }
1277     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
1278         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
1279         */
1280     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: nil
1281                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1282                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseSourcesDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1283                       contextInfo: sender];
1284 }
1285
1286 - (void) browseSourcesDone: (NSOpenPanel *) sheet
1287                 returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1288 {
1289     /* we convert the sender content of contextInfo back into a variable called sender
1290      * mostly just for consistency for evaluation later
1291      */
1292     id sender = (id)contextInfo;
1293     /* User selected a file to open */
1294         if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1295     {
1296             /* Free display name allocated previously by this code */
1297         [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
1298
1299         NSString *scanPath = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1300         /* we set the last searched source directory in the prefs here */
1301         NSString *sourceDirectory = [scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1302         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:sourceDirectory forKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1303         /* we order out sheet, which is the browse window as we need to open
1304          * the title selection sheet right away
1305          */
1306         [sheet orderOut: self];
1307
1308         if (sender == fOpenSourceTitleMMenu)
1309         {
1310             /* We put the chosen source path in the source display text field for the
1311              * source title selection sheet in which the user specifies the specific title to be
1312              * scanned  as well as the short source name in fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan just for display
1313              * purposes in the title panel
1314              */
1315             /* Full Path */
1316             [fScanSrcTitlePathField setStringValue:scanPath];
1317             NSString *displayTitlescanSourceName;
1318
1319             if ([[scanPath lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1320             {
1321                 /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name
1322                  we have to use the title->dvd value so we get the proper name of the volume if a physical dvd is the source*/
1323                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [[scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent];
1324             }
1325             else
1326             {
1327                 /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1328                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [scanPath lastPathComponent];
1329             }
1330             /* we set the source display name in the title selection dialogue */
1331             [fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan setStringValue:displayTitlescanSourceName];
1332             /* we set the attempted scans display name for main window to displayTitlescanSourceName*/
1333             browsedSourceDisplayName = [displayTitlescanSourceName retain];
1334             /* We show the actual sheet where the user specifies the title to be scanned
1335              * as we are going to do a title specific scan
1336              */
1337             [self showSourceTitleScanPanel:nil];
1338         }
1339         else
1340         {
1341             /* We are just doing a standard full source scan, so we specify "0" to libhb */
1342             NSString *path = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1343
1344             /* We check to see if the chosen file at path is a package */
1345             if ([[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] isFilePackageAtPath:path])
1346             {
1347                 [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a package at: %s", [path UTF8String]];
1348                 /* We check to see if this is an .eyetv package */
1349                 if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"eyetv"])
1350                 {
1351                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open eyetv package"];
1352                     /* We're looking at an EyeTV package - try to open its enclosed
1353                      .mpg media file */
1354                      browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1355                     NSString *mpgname;
1356                     int n = [[path stringByAppendingString: @"/"]
1357                              completePathIntoString: &mpgname caseSensitive: NO
1358                              matchesIntoArray: nil
1359                              filterTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject: @"mpg"]];
1360                     if (n > 0)
1361                     {
1362                         /* Found an mpeg inside the eyetv package, make it our scan path
1363                         and call performScan on the enclosed mpeg */
1364                         path = mpgname;
1365                         [self writeToActivityLog:"found mpeg in eyetv package"];
1366                         [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1367                     }
1368                     else
1369                     {
1370                         /* We did not find an mpeg file in our package, so we do not call performScan */
1371                         [self writeToActivityLog:"no valid mpeg in eyetv package"];
1372                     }
1373                 }
1374                 /* We check to see if this is a .dvdmedia package */
1375                 else if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"dvdmedia"])
1376                 {
1377                     /* path IS a package - but dvdmedia packages can be treaded like normal directories */
1378                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1379                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open dvdmedia package"];
1380                     [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1381                 }
1382                 else
1383                 {
1384                     /* The package is not an eyetv package, so we do not call performScan */
1385                     [self writeToActivityLog:"unable to open package"];
1386                 }
1387             }
1388             else // path is not a package, so we treat it as a dvd parent folder or VIDEO_TS folder
1389             {
1390                 /* path is not a package, so we call perform scan directly on our file */
1391                 if ([[path lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1392                 {
1393                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (video_ts folder chosen)"];
1394                     /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name*/
1395                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent] retain];
1396                 }
1397                 else
1398                 {
1399                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (parent directory chosen)"];
1400                     /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1401                     /* make sure we remove any path extension as this can also be an '.mpg' file */
1402                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[path lastPathComponent] retain];
1403                 }
1404                 [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1405             }
1406
1407         }
1408
1409     }
1410 }
1411
1412 /* Here we open the title selection sheet where we can specify an exact title to be scanned */
1413 - (IBAction) showSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1414 {
1415     /* We default the title number to be scanned to "0" which results in a full source scan, unless the
1416     * user changes it
1417     */
1418     [fScanSrcTitleNumField setStringValue: @"0"];
1419         /* Show the panel */
1420         [NSApp beginSheet:fScanSrcTitlePanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
1421 }
1422
1423 - (IBAction) closeSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1424 {
1425     [NSApp endSheet: fScanSrcTitlePanel];
1426     [fScanSrcTitlePanel orderOut: self];
1427
1428     if(sender == fScanSrcTitleOpenButton)
1429     {
1430         /* We setup the scan status in the main window to indicate a source title scan */
1431         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"Opening a new source title ..."];
1432                 [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
1433         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
1434         [fScanIndicator startAnimation: nil];
1435
1436         /* We use the performScan method to actually perform the specified scan passing the path and the title
1437             * to be scanned
1438             */
1439         [self performScan:[fScanSrcTitlePathField stringValue] scanTitleNum:[fScanSrcTitleNumField intValue]];
1440     }
1441 }
1442
1443 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
1444 - (void) performScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
1445 {
1446     /* set the bool applyQueueToScan so that we dont apply a queue setting to the final scan */
1447     applyQueueToScan = NO;
1448     /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
1449     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1450     NSString *path = scanPath;
1451     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
1452
1453     // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1454     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1455     [fChapterTable reloadData];
1456
1457     [self enableUI: NO];
1458
1459     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
1460     {
1461         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
1462         // device path instead.
1463         path = [detector devicePath];
1464         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
1465
1466 #ifdef __LP64__
1467         /* If we are 64 bit, we cannot read encrypted dvd's as vlc is 32 bit only */
1468         cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1469         [self writeToActivityLog: "64 bit mode cannot read dvd's, scan cancelled"];
1470         /*On Screen Notification*/
1471         int status;
1472         NSBeep();
1473         status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"64-bit HandBrake cannot read encrypted dvds!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", nil);
1474         [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1475
1476         if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1477         {
1478             /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1479             [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
1480             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1481         }
1482         else
1483         {
1484             [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 64-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
1485             cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1486         }
1487
1488 #else
1489         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
1490         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app/Contents/MacOS/lib/libdvdcss.2.dylib";
1491         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1492             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
1493             {
1494             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
1495             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1496             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1497             int status;
1498             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC or your VLC is out of date.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
1499             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1500
1501             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1502             {
1503                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1504                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/"]];
1505             }
1506             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1507             {
1508                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1509                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
1510             }
1511             else
1512             {
1513                 /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
1514                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1515                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
1516             }
1517
1518         }
1519         else
1520         {
1521             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
1522             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1523         }
1524 #endif
1525     }
1526
1527     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
1528     {
1529         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
1530         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
1531          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
1532          */
1533         if (!scanTitleNum)
1534         {
1535             scanTitleNum = 0;
1536         }
1537         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
1538         {
1539             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
1540         }
1541         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
1542         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
1543         hb_scan( fHandle, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 1 );
1544         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:@"Scanning new source ..."];
1545     }
1546 }
1547
1548 - (IBAction) showNewScan:(id)sender
1549 {
1550     hb_list_t  * list;
1551         hb_title_t * title;
1552         int indxpri=0;    // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1553         int longuestpri=0; // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1554
1555
1556         list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
1557
1558         if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
1559         {
1560             /* We display a message if a valid dvd source was not chosen */
1561             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"No Valid Source Found"];
1562             SuccessfulScan = NO;
1563
1564             // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1565             [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1566             [fChapterTable reloadData];
1567         }
1568         else
1569         {
1570             /* We increment the successful scancount here by one,
1571              which we use at the end of this function to tell the gui
1572              if this is the first successful scan since launch and whether
1573              or not we should set all settings to the defaults */
1574
1575             currentSuccessfulScanCount++;
1576
1577             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
1578
1579             [fSrcTitlePopUp removeAllItems];
1580             for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( list ); i++ )
1581             {
1582                 title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list, i );
1583
1584                 currentSource = [NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name];
1585                 /*Set DVD Name at top of window with the browsedSourceDisplayName grokked right before -performScan */
1586                 [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:browsedSourceDisplayName];
1587
1588                 /* Use the dvd name in the default output field here
1589                  May want to add code to remove blank spaces for some dvd names*/
1590                 /* Check to see if the last destination has been set,use if so, if not, use Desktop */
1591                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"])
1592                 {
1593                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1594                                                      @"%@/%@.mp4", [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"],[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1595                 }
1596                 else
1597                 {
1598                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1599                                                      @"%@/Desktop/%@.mp4", NSHomeDirectory(),[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1600                 }
1601
1602
1603                 if (longuestpri < title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds)
1604                 {
1605                     longuestpri=title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds;
1606                     indxpri=i;
1607                 }
1608
1609                 [fSrcTitlePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
1610                                                    stringWithFormat: @"%d - %02dh%02dm%02ds",
1611                                                    title->index, title->hours, title->minutes,
1612                                                    title->seconds]];
1613             }
1614
1615             // Select the longuest title
1616             [fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: indxpri];
1617             [self titlePopUpChanged:nil];
1618
1619             SuccessfulScan = YES;
1620             [self enableUI: YES];
1621
1622             /* if its the initial successful scan after awakeFromNib */
1623             if (currentSuccessfulScanCount == 1)
1624             {
1625                 [self selectDefaultPreset:nil];
1626
1627                 // Open preview window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1628                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PreviewWindowIsOpen"])
1629                     [self showPreviewWindow:nil];
1630
1631                 // Open picture sizing window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1632                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PictureSizeWindowIsOpen"])
1633                     [self showPicturePanel:nil];
1634
1635             }
1636
1637
1638         }
1639
1640 }
1641
1642
1643 #pragma mark -
1644 #pragma mark New Output Destination
1645
1646 - (IBAction) browseFile: (id) sender
1647 {
1648     /* Open a panel to let the user choose and update the text field */
1649     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
1650         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
1651         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] file: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] lastPathComponent]
1652                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1653                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1654                                           contextInfo: NULL];
1655 }
1656
1657 - (void) browseFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
1658              returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1659 {
1660     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1661     {
1662         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [sheet filename]];
1663         /* Save this path to the prefs so that on next browse destination window it opens there */
1664         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1665         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
1666     }
1667 }
1668
1669
1670 #pragma mark -
1671 #pragma mark Main Window Control
1672
1673 - (IBAction) openMainWindow: (id) sender
1674 {
1675     [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1676 }
1677
1678 - (BOOL) windowShouldClose: (id) sender
1679 {
1680     return YES;
1681 }
1682
1683 - (BOOL)applicationShouldHandleReopen:(NSApplication *)theApplication hasVisibleWindows:(BOOL)flag
1684 {
1685     if( !flag ) {
1686         [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1687
1688         return YES;
1689     }
1690
1691     return NO;
1692 }
1693
1694 - (NSSize) drawerWillResizeContents:(NSDrawer *) drawer toSize:(NSSize) contentSize {
1695         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:NSStringFromSize( contentSize ) forKey:@"Drawer Size"];
1696         return contentSize;
1697 }
1698
1699 #pragma mark -
1700 #pragma mark Queue File
1701
1702 - (void) loadQueueFile {
1703         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
1704         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1705         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
1706     QueueFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/Queue.plist";
1707         QueueFile = [[QueueFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
1708     /* We check for the presets.plist */
1709         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:QueueFile] == 0)
1710         {
1711                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:QueueFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
1712         }
1713
1714         QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:QueueFile];
1715         /* lets check to see if there is anything in the queue file .plist */
1716     if (nil == QueueFileArray)
1717         {
1718         /* if not, then lets initialize an empty array */
1719                 QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
1720
1721      /* Initialize our curQueueEncodeIndex to 0
1722      * so we can use it to track which queue
1723      * item is to be used to track our encodes */
1724      /* NOTE: this should be changed if and when we
1725       * are able to get the last unfinished encode
1726       * in the case of a crash or shutdown */
1727
1728         }
1729     else
1730     {
1731     [self clearQueueEncodedItems];
1732     }
1733     currentQueueEncodeIndex = 0;
1734 }
1735
1736 - (void)addQueueFileItem
1737 {
1738         [QueueFileArray addObject:[self createQueueFileItem]];
1739         [self saveQueueFileItem];
1740
1741 }
1742
1743 - (void) removeQueueFileItem:(int) queueItemToRemove
1744 {
1745
1746    /* Find out if the item we are removing is a cancelled (3) or a finished (0) item*/
1747    if ([[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3 || [[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0)
1748     {
1749     /* Since we are removing a cancelled or finished item, WE need to decrement the currentQueueEncodeIndex
1750      * by one to keep in sync with the queue array
1751      */
1752     currentQueueEncodeIndex--;
1753     [self writeToActivityLog: "removeQueueFileItem: Removing a cancelled/finished encode, decrement currentQueueEncodeIndex to %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
1754     }
1755     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove];
1756     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1757
1758 }
1759
1760 - (void)saveQueueFileItem
1761 {
1762     [QueueFileArray writeToFile:QueueFile atomically:YES];
1763     [fQueueController setQueueArray: QueueFileArray];
1764     [self getQueueStats];
1765 }
1766
1767 - (void)getQueueStats
1768 {
1769 /* lets get the stats on the status of the queue array */
1770
1771 fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
1772 fPendingCount = 0;
1773 fCompletedCount = 0;
1774 fCanceledCount = 0;
1775 fWorkingCount = 0;
1776
1777     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
1778      * in controller.mm
1779      * 0 == already encoded
1780      * 1 == is being encoded
1781      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
1782      * 3 == cancelled
1783      */
1784
1785         int i = 0;
1786     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1787         id tempObject;
1788         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
1789         {
1790                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
1791                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0) // Completed
1792                 {
1793                         fCompletedCount++;
1794                 }
1795                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1) // being encoded
1796                 {
1797                         fWorkingCount++;
1798             fEncodingQueueItem = i;
1799                 }
1800         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 2) // pending
1801         {
1802                         fPendingCount++;
1803                 }
1804         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3) // cancelled
1805         {
1806                         fCanceledCount++;
1807                 }
1808                 i++;
1809         }
1810
1811     /* Set the queue status field in the main window */
1812     NSMutableString * string;
1813     if (fPendingCount == 1)
1814     {
1815         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
1816     }
1817     else
1818     {
1819         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode(s) pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
1820     }
1821     [fQueueStatus setStringValue:string];
1822 }
1823
1824 /* This method will set any item marked as encoding back to pending
1825  * currently used right after a queue reload
1826  */
1827 - (void) setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending
1828 {
1829     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1830         id tempObject;
1831     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
1832     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
1833     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
1834     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
1835     {
1836         /* If the queue item is marked as "encoding" (1)
1837          * then change its status back to pending (2) which effectively
1838          * puts it back into the queue to be encoded
1839          */
1840         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1)
1841         {
1842             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt: 2] forKey:@"Status"];
1843         }
1844         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
1845     }
1846
1847     [QueueFileArray setArray:tempArray];
1848     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1849 }
1850
1851
1852 /* This method will clear the queue of any encodes that are not still pending
1853  * this includes both successfully completed encodes as well as cancelled encodes */
1854 - (void) clearQueueEncodedItems
1855 {
1856     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1857         id tempObject;
1858     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
1859     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
1860     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
1861     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
1862     {
1863         /* If the queue item is either completed (0) or cancelled (3) from the
1864          * last session, then we put it in tempArray to be deleted from QueueFileArray.
1865          * NOTE: this means we retain pending (2) and also an item that is marked as
1866          * still encoding (1). If the queue has an item that is still marked as encoding
1867          * from a previous session, we can conlude that HB was either shutdown, or crashed
1868          * during the encodes so we keep it and tell the user in the "Load Queue Alert"
1869          */
1870         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0 || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3)
1871         {
1872             [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
1873         }
1874     }
1875
1876     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
1877     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1878 }
1879
1880 /* This method will clear the queue of all encodes. effectively creating an empty queue */
1881 - (void) clearQueueAllItems
1882 {
1883     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1884         id tempObject;
1885     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
1886     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
1887     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
1888     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
1889     {
1890         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
1891     }
1892
1893     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
1894     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1895 }
1896
1897 /* This method will duplicate prepareJob however into the
1898  * queue .plist instead of into the job structure so it can
1899  * be recalled later */
1900 - (NSDictionary *)createQueueFileItem
1901 {
1902     NSMutableDictionary *queueFileJob = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
1903
1904        hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
1905     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
1906             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
1907     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
1908
1909
1910
1911     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
1912      * 0 == already encoded
1913      * 1 == is being encoded
1914      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
1915      * 3 == cancelled
1916      */
1917     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Status"];
1918     /* Source and Destination Information */
1919
1920     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->dvd] forKey:@"SourcePath"];
1921     [queueFileJob setObject:[fSrcDVD2Field stringValue] forKey:@"SourceName"];
1922     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->index] forKey:@"TitleNumber"];
1923     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"TitleAngle"];
1924     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterStart"];
1925
1926     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterEnd"];
1927
1928     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFile2Field stringValue] forKey:@"DestinationPath"];
1929
1930     /* Lets get the preset info if there is any */
1931     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
1932     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
1933
1934     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
1935         /* Chapter Markers fCreateChapterMarkers*/
1936         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
1937
1938     /* We need to get the list of chapter names to put into an array and store
1939      * in our queue, so they can be reapplied in prepareJob when this queue
1940      * item comes up if Chapter Markers is set to on.
1941      */
1942      int i;
1943      NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
1944      int chaptercount = hb_list_count( fTitle->list_chapter );
1945      for( i = 0; i < chaptercount; i++ )
1946     {
1947         hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( fTitle->list_chapter, i );
1948         if( chapter != NULL )
1949         {
1950           [ChapterNamesArray addObject:[NSString stringWithCString:chapter->title encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
1951         }
1952     }
1953     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: ChapterNamesArray] forKey:@"ChapterNames"];
1954     [ChapterNamesArray autorelease];
1955
1956     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
1957         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
1958     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
1959     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
1960     /* Add iPod uuid atom */
1961     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
1962
1963     /* Codecs */
1964         /* Video encoder */
1965         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
1966         /* x264 Option String */
1967         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
1968
1969         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
1970         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
1971         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
1972         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
1973     /* Framerate */
1974     [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
1975
1976         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
1977         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
1978         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
1979         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
1980
1981         /* Picture Sizing */
1982         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
1983         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
1984         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
1985         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
1986         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
1987         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
1988     /* if we are custom anamorphic, store the exact storage, par and display dims */
1989     if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode == 3)
1990     {
1991         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"];
1992         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"];
1993
1994         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_width] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"];
1995         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_height] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"];
1996
1997         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_width] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"];
1998         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_height] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"];
1999
2000     }
2001     NSString * pictureSummary;
2002     pictureSummary = [fPictureSizeField stringValue];
2003     [queueFileJob setObject:pictureSummary forKey:@"PictureSizingSummary"];
2004     /* Set crop settings here */
2005         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2006     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2007     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2008         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2009         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2010
2011     /* Picture Filters */
2012     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
2013     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
2014
2015     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
2016     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
2017     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
2018
2019     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
2020     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
2021
2022     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
2023     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
2024
2025     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d",[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
2026
2027     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
2028
2029     /*Audio*/
2030     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2031     {
2032         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio1Track"];
2033         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDescription"];
2034         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Encoder"];
2035         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"];
2036         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"];
2037         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"];
2038         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"];
2039     }
2040     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2041     {
2042         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio2Track"];
2043         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDescription"];
2044         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Encoder"];
2045         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"];
2046         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"];
2047         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"];
2048         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"];
2049     }
2050     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2051     {
2052         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio3Track"];
2053         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDescription"];
2054         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Encoder"];
2055         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"];
2056         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"];
2057         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"];
2058         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"];
2059     }
2060     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2061     {
2062         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio4Track"];
2063         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDescription"];
2064         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Encoder"];
2065         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"];
2066         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"];
2067         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"];
2068         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"];
2069     }
2070
2071         /* Subtitles*/
2072         [queueFileJob setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
2073     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"JobSubtitlesIndex"];
2074     /* Forced Subtitles */
2075         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
2076
2077
2078
2079     /* Now we go ahead and set the "job->values in the plist for passing right to fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2080
2081     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterStart"];
2082
2083     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterEnd"];
2084
2085
2086     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"];
2087
2088     /* Codecs */
2089         /* Video encoder */
2090         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"];
2091
2092     /* Framerate */
2093     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"];
2094     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate] forKey:@"JobVrate"];
2095     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate_base] forKey:@"JobVrateBase"];
2096
2097     /* Picture Sizing */
2098         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2099         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2100         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2101         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2102         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2103         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2104
2105     /* Set crop settings here */
2106         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2107     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2108     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2109         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2110         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2111
2112     /* Picture Filters */
2113     //[queueFileJob setObject:[fPicSettingDecomb stringValue] forKey:@"JobPictureDecomb"];
2114
2115     /*Audio*/
2116     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2117     {
2118         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2119         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2120         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"];
2121         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"];
2122         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"];
2123      }
2124     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2125     {
2126         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2127         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2128         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"];
2129         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"];
2130         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"];
2131     }
2132     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2133     {
2134         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2135         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2136         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"];
2137         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"];
2138         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"];
2139     }
2140     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2141     {
2142         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2143         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2144         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"];
2145         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"];
2146         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"];
2147     }
2148         /* Subtitles*/
2149         [queueFileJob setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
2150     /* Forced Subtitles */
2151         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
2152
2153     /* we need to auto relase the queueFileJob and return it */
2154     [queueFileJob autorelease];
2155     return queueFileJob;
2156
2157 }
2158
2159 /* this is actually called from the queue controller to modify the queue array and return it back to the queue controller */
2160 - (void)moveObjectsInQueueArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
2161 {
2162     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
2163     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
2164
2165
2166     NSUInteger removeIndex;
2167
2168     if (index >= insertIndex)
2169     {
2170         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
2171         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
2172     }
2173     else
2174     {
2175         removeIndex = index;
2176         insertIndex--;
2177     }
2178
2179     id object = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
2180     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
2181     [QueueFileArray insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
2182     [object release];
2183
2184     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
2185
2186    /* We save all of the Queue data here
2187     * and it also gets sent back to the queue controller*/
2188     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2189
2190 }
2191
2192
2193 #pragma mark -
2194 #pragma mark Queue Job Processing
2195
2196 - (void) incrementQueueItemDone:(int) queueItemDoneIndexNum
2197 {
2198     int i = currentQueueEncodeIndex;
2199     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Status"];
2200
2201     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
2202     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2203         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
2204     //[fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
2205
2206     /* Since we have now marked a queue item as done
2207      * we can go ahead and increment currentQueueEncodeIndex
2208      * so that if there is anything left in the queue we can
2209      * go ahead and move to the next item if we want to */
2210     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
2211     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2212     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
2213     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
2214     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
2215     {
2216     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2217     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
2218     }
2219     else
2220     {
2221         [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone the %d item queue is complete", currentQueueEncodeIndex - 1];
2222     }
2223 }
2224
2225 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
2226 - (void) performNewQueueScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
2227 {
2228    /* Tell HB to output a new activity log file for this encode */
2229     [outputPanel startEncodeLog:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"]];
2230
2231
2232      /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
2233     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2234     /* set the bool so that showNewScan knows to apply the appropriate queue
2235     * settings as this is a queue rescan
2236     */
2237     applyQueueToScan = YES;
2238     NSString *path = scanPath;
2239     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
2240
2241         /*On Screen Notification*/
2242         //int status;
2243         //status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake is now loading up a new queue item...",@"Would You Like to wait until you add another encode?", @"Cancel", @"Okay", nil);
2244         //[NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2245
2246     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
2247     {
2248         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
2249         // device path instead.
2250         path = [detector devicePath];
2251         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
2252
2253         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
2254         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app";
2255         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
2256             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
2257             {
2258             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
2259             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
2260             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2261             int status;
2262             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
2263             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2264
2265             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
2266             {
2267                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
2268                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/"]];
2269             }
2270             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
2271             {
2272             /* User chose to cancel the scan */
2273             [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
2274             }
2275             else
2276             {
2277             /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
2278             cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2279             [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
2280             }
2281
2282         }
2283         else
2284         {
2285             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
2286             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2287         }
2288     }
2289
2290     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
2291     {
2292         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
2293         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
2294          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
2295          */
2296         if (!scanTitleNum)
2297         {
2298             scanTitleNum = 0;
2299         }
2300         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
2301         {
2302             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
2303         }
2304
2305         [self writeToActivityLog: "performNewQueueScan currentQueueEncodeIndex is: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2306         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
2307         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
2308         hb_scan( fQueueEncodeLibhb, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 0 );
2309     }
2310 }
2311
2312 /* This method was originally used to load up a new queue item in the gui and
2313  * then start processing it. However we now have modified -prepareJob and use a second
2314  * instance of libhb to do our actual encoding, therefor right now it is not required.
2315  * Nonetheless I want to leave this in here
2316  * because basically its everything we need to be able to actually modify a pending queue
2317  * item in the gui and resave it. At least for now - dynaflash
2318  */
2319
2320 - (IBAction)applyQueueSettings:(id)sender
2321 {
2322     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2323     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
2324
2325     /* Set title number and chapters */
2326     /* since the queue only scans a single title, we really don't need to pick a title */
2327     //[fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"] intValue] - 1];
2328
2329     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterStart"] intValue] - 1];
2330     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterEnd"] intValue] - 1];
2331
2332     /* File Format */
2333     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
2334     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
2335
2336     /* Chapter Markers*/
2337     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
2338     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2339     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
2340     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2341     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
2342
2343     /* Video encoder */
2344     /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
2345     [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
2346     [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
2347
2348     /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
2349     [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
2350     /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
2351     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
2352     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
2353
2354     /* Video quality */
2355     [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
2356
2357     [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
2358     [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
2359     [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
2360
2361     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
2362
2363     /* Video framerate */
2364     /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
2365      detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
2366     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
2367     {
2368         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2369     }
2370     else
2371     {
2372         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
2373     }
2374
2375     /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2376     [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
2377     [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
2378     /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
2379     [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
2380
2381     /*Audio*/
2382     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
2383     {
2384         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2385         {
2386             [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2387         }
2388         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
2389         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
2390         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2391         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
2392         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2393          * mixdown*/
2394         if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2395         {
2396             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2397         }
2398         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
2399         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2400         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2401         {
2402             [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
2403         }
2404         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2405         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
2406     }
2407     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
2408     {
2409         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2410         {
2411             [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2412         }
2413         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
2414         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
2415         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2416         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
2417         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2418          * mixdown*/
2419         if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2420         {
2421             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2422         }
2423         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
2424         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2425         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2426         {
2427             [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
2428         }
2429         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2430         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
2431     }
2432     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
2433     {
2434         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2435         {
2436             [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2437         }
2438         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
2439         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
2440         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2441         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
2442         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2443          * mixdown*/
2444         if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2445         {
2446             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2447         }
2448         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
2449         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2450         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
2451         {
2452             [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
2453         }
2454         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2455         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
2456     }
2457     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
2458     {
2459         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2460         {
2461             [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2462         }
2463         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
2464         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
2465         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2466         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
2467         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2468          * mixdown*/
2469         if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2470         {
2471             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2472         }
2473         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
2474         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2475         if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2476         {
2477             [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
2478         }
2479         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2480         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
2481     }
2482
2483
2484     /*Subtitles*/
2485     [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
2486     /* Forced Subtitles */
2487     [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
2488
2489     /* Picture Settings */
2490     /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
2491     if (fTitle->width < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
2492     {
2493         /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
2494         job->width = fTitle->width;
2495         job->height = fTitle->height;
2496     }
2497     else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
2498     {
2499         /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
2500         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
2501         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
2502     }
2503     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
2504     if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
2505     {
2506         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
2507         if( job->height > fTitle->height )
2508         {
2509             job->height = fTitle->height;
2510             hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
2511         }
2512     }
2513     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
2514
2515
2516     /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
2517      when the preset was created and apply them */
2518     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
2519     {
2520         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
2521
2522         /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
2523         job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
2524         job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
2525         job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
2526         job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
2527
2528     }
2529     else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
2530     {
2531         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
2532         /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
2533         job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
2534         job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
2535         job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
2536         job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
2537
2538     }
2539
2540     /* Filters */
2541     /* Deinterlace */
2542     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
2543
2544     /* Detelecine */
2545     [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
2546     /* Denoise */
2547     [fPictureController setDenoise:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
2548     /* Deblock */
2549     [fPictureController setDeblock:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
2550     /* Decomb */
2551     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
2552     /* Grayscale */
2553     [fPictureController setGrayscale:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue]];
2554
2555     [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
2556
2557
2558     /* somehow we need to figure out a way to tie the queue item to a preset if it used one */
2559     //[queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
2560     //    [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
2561     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"]) // This item used a preset so insert that info
2562         {
2563                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
2564         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
2565         //[self selectPreset:nil];
2566
2567         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]];
2568                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
2569                 //[fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] stringValue]];
2570
2571                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
2572         }
2573     else
2574     {
2575         /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
2576                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
2577                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
2578                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
2579
2580                 //curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
2581     }
2582
2583     /* We need to set this bool back to NO, in case the user wants to do a scan */
2584     //applyQueueToScan = NO;
2585
2586     /* so now we go ahead and process the new settings */
2587     [self processNewQueueEncode];
2588 }
2589
2590
2591
2592 /* This assumes that we have re-scanned and loaded up a new queue item to send to libhb as fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2593 - (void) processNewQueueEncode
2594 {
2595     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
2596     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
2597     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2598
2599     if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
2600     {
2601         [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode WARNING nothing found in the title list"];
2602     }
2603     else
2604     {
2605         [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode title list is: %d", hb_list_count( list )];
2606     }
2607
2608     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2609     [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset: %s", [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] UTF8String]];
2610     [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode number of passes expected is: %d", ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] + 1)];
2611     job->file = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] UTF8String];
2612     //[self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode sending to prepareJob"];
2613     [self prepareJob];
2614     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue] == 1 )
2615         job->subtitle_force = 1;
2616     else
2617         job->subtitle_force = 0;
2618
2619     /*
2620      * subtitle of -1 is a scan
2621      */
2622     if( job->subtitle == -1 )
2623     {
2624         char *x264opts_tmp;
2625
2626         /*
2627          * When subtitle scan is enabled do a fast pre-scan job
2628          * which will determine which subtitles to enable, if any.
2629          */
2630         job->pass = -1;
2631         x264opts_tmp = job->x264opts;
2632         job->subtitle = -1;
2633
2634         job->x264opts = NULL;
2635
2636         job->indepth_scan = 1;
2637
2638         job->select_subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t**)malloc(sizeof(hb_subtitle_t*));
2639         *(job->select_subtitle) = NULL;
2640
2641         /*
2642          * Add the pre-scan job
2643          */
2644         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2645         job->x264opts = x264opts_tmp;
2646     }
2647     else
2648         job->select_subtitle = NULL;
2649
2650     /* No subtitle were selected, so reset the subtitle to -1 (which before
2651      * this point meant we were scanning
2652      */
2653     if( job->subtitle == -2 )
2654         job->subtitle = -1;
2655
2656     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
2657     {
2658         hb_subtitle_t **subtitle_tmp = job->select_subtitle;
2659         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2660
2661         /*
2662          * Do not autoselect subtitles on the first pass of a two pass
2663          */
2664         job->select_subtitle = NULL;
2665
2666         job->pass = 1;
2667
2668         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2669
2670         job->pass = 2;
2671
2672         job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2673         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
2674
2675         job->select_subtitle = subtitle_tmp;
2676
2677         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2678
2679     }
2680     else
2681     {
2682         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2683         job->pass = 0;
2684
2685         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2686     }
2687
2688     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
2689         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
2690         /* Lets mark our new encode as 1 or "Encoding" */
2691     [queueToApply setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Status"];
2692     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2693     /* We should be all setup so let 'er rip */
2694     [self doRip];
2695 }
2696
2697 #pragma mark -
2698 #pragma mark Live Preview
2699 /* Note,this is much like prepareJob, but directly sets the job vars so Picture Preview
2700  * can encode to its temp preview directory and playback. This is *not* used for any actual user
2701  * encodes
2702  */
2703 - (void) prepareJobForPreview
2704 {
2705     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
2706     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
2707             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
2708     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2709     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
2710     /* set job->angle for libdvdnav */
2711     job->angle = [fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2712     /* Chapter selection */
2713     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2714     job->chapter_end   = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2715
2716     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
2717     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2718     job->vcodec = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2719
2720     job->chapter_markers = 0;
2721
2722         if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
2723     {
2724                 /* Set this flag to switch from Constant Quantizer(default) to Constant Rate Factor Thanks jbrjake
2725          Currently only used with Constant Quality setting*/
2726                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultCrf"] > 0 && [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] == 2)
2727                 {
2728                 job->crf = 1;
2729                 }
2730
2731                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
2732                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
2733                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2734                 /* For previews we ignore the turbo option for the first pass of two since we only use 1 pass */
2735                 strcpy(job->x264opts, [[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] UTF8String]);
2736
2737
2738     }
2739
2740     /* Video settings */
2741    /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
2742      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
2743      */
2744     job->vfr = 0;
2745     if( [fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0 )
2746     {
2747         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
2748         job->vrate      = 27000000;
2749         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]-1].rate;
2750         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
2751          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
2752          * a specific framerate*/
2753         job->cfr = 1;
2754     }
2755     else
2756     {
2757         /* We are same as source (variable) */
2758         job->vrate      = title->rate;
2759         job->vrate_base = title->rate_base;
2760         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
2761          * to enable true same as source framerate */
2762         job->cfr = 0;
2763         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
2764          * job->vfr
2765          */
2766         if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
2767         {
2768             job->vfr = 1;
2769         }
2770     }
2771
2772     switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
2773     {
2774         case 0:
2775             /* Target size.
2776                Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
2777                in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it */
2778         case 1:
2779             job->vquality = -1.0;
2780             job->vbitrate = [fVidBitrateField intValue];
2781             break;
2782         case 2:
2783             job->vquality = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue];
2784             job->vbitrate = 0;
2785             break;
2786     }
2787
2788     /* Subtitle settings */
2789     job->subtitle = [fSubPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 2;
2790
2791     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
2792     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
2793     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
2794     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
2795     {
2796         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
2797         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
2798     }
2799     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
2800     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2801     {
2802         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
2803         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
2804         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2805         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
2806         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2807         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2808         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2809         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2810         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2811         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
2812
2813         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
2814         free(audio);
2815     }
2816     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2817     {
2818         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
2819         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
2820         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2821         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
2822         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2823         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2824         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2825         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2826         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2827         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
2828
2829         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
2830         free(audio);
2831
2832     }
2833
2834     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2835     {
2836         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
2837         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
2838         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2839         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
2840         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2841         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2842         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2843         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2844         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2845         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
2846
2847         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
2848         free(audio);
2849
2850     }
2851
2852     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2853     {
2854         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
2855         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
2856         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2857         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
2858         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
2859         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2860         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2861         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2862         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
2863         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
2864
2865         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
2866         free(audio);
2867
2868     }
2869
2870
2871
2872     /* Filters */
2873
2874     /* Though Grayscale is not really a filter, per se
2875      * we put it here since its in the filters panel
2876      */
2877
2878     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
2879     {
2880         job->grayscale = 1;
2881     }
2882     else
2883     {
2884         job->grayscale = 0;
2885     }
2886
2887     /* Initialize the filters list */
2888     job->filters = hb_list_init();
2889
2890     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
2891     * The order of the filters is critical
2892     */
2893
2894         /* Detelecine */
2895     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
2896     {
2897         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
2898     }
2899     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
2900     {
2901         /* use a custom detelecine string */
2902         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] UTF8String];
2903         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
2904     }
2905     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
2906     {
2907         /* Decomb */
2908         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
2909         {
2910             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
2911             //hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPicSettingDecomb stringValue] UTF8String];
2912             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
2913         }
2914         /* we add the custom string if present */
2915         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
2916         {
2917             /* use a custom decomb string */
2918             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController decombCustomString] UTF8String];
2919             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
2920         }
2921     }
2922     else
2923     {
2924
2925         /* Deinterlace */
2926         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
2927         {
2928             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
2929             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
2930             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
2931         }
2932         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
2933         {
2934             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
2935             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
2936             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
2937         }
2938         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
2939         {
2940             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
2941             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
2942             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
2943         }
2944         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
2945         {
2946             /* we add the custom string if present */
2947             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] UTF8String];
2948             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
2949         }
2950         }
2951
2952     /* Denoise */
2953         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1) // Weak in popup
2954         {
2955                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
2956         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
2957         }
2958         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2) // Medium in popup
2959         {
2960                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
2961         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
2962         }
2963         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3) // Strong in popup
2964         {
2965                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
2966         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
2967         }
2968     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4) // custom in popup
2969         {
2970                 /* we add the custom string if present */
2971         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] UTF8String];
2972         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
2973         }
2974
2975     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
2976     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
2977      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
2978      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
2979      */
2980     if ([fPictureController deblock] != 0)
2981     {
2982         NSString *deblockStringValue = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",[fPictureController deblock]];
2983         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [deblockStringValue UTF8String];
2984         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
2985     }
2986
2987 }
2988
2989
2990 #pragma mark -
2991 #pragma mark Job Handling
2992
2993
2994 - (void) prepareJob
2995 {
2996
2997     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2998     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
2999     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
3000     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3001     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
3002     /* Title Angle for dvdnav */
3003     job->angle = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleAngle"] intValue];
3004     /* Chapter selection */
3005     job->chapter_start = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterStart"] intValue];
3006     job->chapter_end   = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterEnd"] intValue];
3007
3008     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
3009     job->mux = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"] intValue];
3010     job->vcodec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"] intValue];
3011
3012
3013     /* If mpeg-4, then set mpeg-4 specific options like chapters and > 4gb file sizes */
3014         //if( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
3015         //{
3016     /* We set the largeFileSize (64 bit formatting) variable here to allow for > 4gb files based on the format being
3017      mpeg4 and the checkbox being checked
3018      *Note: this will break compatibility with some target devices like iPod, etc.!!!!*/
3019     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue] == 1)
3020     {
3021         job->largeFileSize = 1;
3022     }
3023     else
3024     {
3025         job->largeFileSize = 0;
3026     }
3027     /* We set http optimized mp4 here */
3028     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue] == 1 )
3029     {
3030         job->mp4_optimize = 1;
3031     }
3032     else
3033     {
3034         job->mp4_optimize = 0;
3035     }
3036
3037     //}
3038
3039     /* We set the chapter marker extraction here based on the format being
3040      mpeg4 or mkv and the checkbox being checked */
3041     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue] == 1)
3042     {
3043         job->chapter_markers = 1;
3044
3045         /* now lets get our saved chapter names out the array in the queue file
3046          * and insert them back into the title chapter list. We have it here,
3047          * because unless we are inserting chapter markers there is no need to
3048          * spend the overhead of iterating through the chapter names array imo
3049          * Also, note that if for some reason we don't apply chapter names, the
3050          * chapters just come out 001, 002, etc. etc.
3051          */
3052
3053         NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterNames"];
3054         int i = 0;
3055         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [ChapterNamesArray objectEnumerator];
3056         id tempObject;
3057         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3058         {
3059             hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
3060             if( chapter != NULL )
3061             {
3062                 strncpy( chapter->title, [tempObject UTF8String], 1023);
3063                 chapter->title[1023] = '\0';
3064             }
3065             i++;
3066         }
3067     }
3068     else
3069     {
3070         job->chapter_markers = 0;
3071     }
3072
3073     if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
3074     {
3075                 if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue] == 1)
3076             {
3077             job->ipod_atom = 1;
3078                 }
3079         else
3080         {
3081             job->ipod_atom = 0;
3082         }
3083
3084                 /* Set this flag to switch from Constant Quantizer(default) to Constant Rate Factor Thanks jbrjake
3085          Currently only used with Constant Quality setting*/
3086                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultCrf"] > 0 && [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] == 2)
3087                 {
3088                 job->crf = 1;
3089                 }
3090                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
3091                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
3092                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
3093                 /* Turbo first pass if two pass and Turbo First pass is selected */
3094                 if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 && [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
3095                 {
3096                         /* pass the "Turbo" string to be appended to the existing x264 opts string into a variable for the first pass */
3097                         NSString *firstPassOptStringTurbo = @":ref=1:subme=1:me=dia:analyse=none:trellis=0:no-fast-pskip=0:8x8dct=0:weightb=0";
3098                         /* append the "Turbo" string variable to the existing opts string.
3099              Note: the "Turbo" string must be appended, not prepended to work properly*/
3100                         NSString *firstPassOptStringCombined = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] stringByAppendingString:firstPassOptStringTurbo];
3101                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [firstPassOptStringCombined UTF8String]);
3102                 }
3103                 else
3104                 {
3105                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
3106                 }
3107
3108     }
3109
3110
3111     /* Picture Size Settings */
3112     job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
3113     job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
3114
3115     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
3116     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
3117     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue] == 3)
3118     {
3119         /* insert our custom values here for capuj */
3120         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"]  intValue];
3121         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"]  intValue];
3122
3123         job->anamorphic.par_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"]  intValue];
3124         job->anamorphic.par_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"]  intValue];
3125
3126         job->anamorphic.dar_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"]  floatValue];
3127         job->anamorphic.dar_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"]  floatValue];
3128     }
3129
3130     /* Here we use the crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
3131     job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
3132     job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
3133     job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
3134     job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
3135
3136     /* Video settings */
3137     /* Framerate */
3138
3139     /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
3140      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
3141      */
3142     job->vfr = 0;
3143     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue] > 0 )
3144     {
3145         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
3146         job->vrate      = 27000000;
3147         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue]-1].rate;
3148         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
3149          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
3150          * a specific framerate*/
3151         job->cfr = 1;
3152     }
3153     else
3154     {
3155         /* We are same as source (variable) */
3156         job->vrate      = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrate"] intValue];
3157         job->vrate_base = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrateBase"] intValue];
3158         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
3159          * to enable true same as source framerate */
3160         job->cfr = 0;
3161         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
3162          * job->vfr
3163          */
3164         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3165         {
3166             job->vfr = 1;
3167         }
3168     }
3169
3170     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] != 2 )
3171     {
3172         /* Target size.
3173          Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
3174          in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it same as abr*/
3175         job->vquality = -1.0;
3176         job->vbitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"] intValue];
3177     }
3178     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] == 2 )
3179     {
3180         job->vquality = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue];
3181         job->vbitrate = 0;
3182
3183     }
3184
3185     job->grayscale = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue];
3186     /* Subtitle settings */
3187     job->subtitle = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobSubtitlesIndex"] intValue] - 2;
3188
3189     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3190     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3191     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3192     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3193     {
3194         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3195         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3196     }
3197     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3198     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] > 0)
3199     {
3200         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3201         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3202         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3203         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3204         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3205         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"] intValue];
3206         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"] intValue];
3207         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"] intValue];
3208         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"] intValue];
3209         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3210
3211         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3212         free(audio);
3213     }
3214     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] > 0)
3215     {
3216
3217         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3218         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3219         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3220         [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob audiotrack 2 is: %d", audio->in.track];
3221         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3222         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3223         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"] intValue];
3224         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"] intValue];
3225         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"] intValue];
3226         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"] intValue];
3227         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3228
3229         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3230         free(audio);
3231     }
3232
3233     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] > 0)
3234     {
3235         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3236         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3237         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3238         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3239         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3240         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"] intValue];
3241         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"] intValue];
3242         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"] intValue];
3243         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"] intValue];
3244         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3245
3246         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3247         free(audio);
3248     }
3249
3250     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] > 0)
3251     {
3252         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3253         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3254         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3255         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3256         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3257         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"] intValue];
3258         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"] intValue];
3259         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"] intValue];
3260         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"] intValue];
3261         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3262
3263         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3264         free(audio);
3265     }
3266
3267     /* Filters */
3268     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3269
3270     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3271      * The order of the filters is critical
3272      */
3273     /* Detelecine */
3274     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3275     {
3276         //if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"])
3277         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3278     }
3279     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 2)
3280     {
3281         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3282         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"] UTF8String];
3283         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3284     }
3285
3286     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3287     {
3288         /* Decomb */
3289         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
3290         {
3291             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3292             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3293         }
3294         /* we add the custom string if present */
3295         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 2)
3296         {
3297             /* use a custom decomb string */
3298             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"] UTF8String];
3299             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3300         }
3301
3302     }
3303     else
3304     {
3305
3306         /* Deinterlace */
3307         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3308         {
3309             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3310             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
3311             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3312         }
3313         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 2)
3314         {
3315             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
3316             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
3317             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3318         }
3319         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 3)
3320         {
3321             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
3322             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
3323             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3324         }
3325         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 4)
3326         {
3327             /* we add the custom string if present */
3328             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"] UTF8String];
3329             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3330         }
3331
3332
3333     }
3334     /* Denoise */
3335         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1) // Weak in popup
3336         {
3337                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
3338         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3339         }
3340         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 2) // Medium in popup
3341         {
3342                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
3343         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3344         }
3345         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 3) // Strong in popup
3346         {
3347                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
3348         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3349         }
3350     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 4) // Custom in popup
3351         {
3352                 /* we add the custom string if present */
3353         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"] UTF8String];
3354         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3355         }
3356
3357     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
3358     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
3359      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
3360      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
3361      */
3362     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] != 0)
3363     {
3364         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] UTF8String];
3365         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3366     }
3367 [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob exiting"];
3368 }
3369
3370
3371
3372 /* addToQueue: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doAddToQueue
3373 */
3374 - (IBAction) addToQueue: (id) sender
3375 {
3376         /* We get the destination directory from the destination field here */
3377         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3378         /* We check for a valid destination here */
3379         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
3380         {
3381                 NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
3382         return;
3383         }
3384
3385     BOOL fileExists;
3386     fileExists = NO;
3387
3388     BOOL fileExistsInQueue;
3389     fileExistsInQueue = NO;
3390
3391     /* We check for and existing file here */
3392     if([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
3393     {
3394         fileExists = YES;
3395     }
3396
3397     /* We now run through the queue and make sure we are not overwriting an exisiting queue item */
3398     int i = 0;
3399     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
3400         id tempObject;
3401         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3402         {
3403                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
3404                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] isEqualToString: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
3405                 {
3406                         fileExistsInQueue = YES;
3407                 }
3408         i++;
3409         }
3410
3411
3412         if(fileExists == YES)
3413     {
3414         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists.", @"" ),
3415                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3416                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3417                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3418                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3419                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3420     }
3421     else if (fileExistsInQueue == YES)
3422     {
3423     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"There is already a queue item for this destination.", @"" ),
3424                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3425                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3426                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3427                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3428                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3429     }
3430     else
3431     {
3432         [self doAddToQueue];
3433     }
3434 }
3435
3436 /* overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: called from the alert posted by addToQueue that asks
3437    the user if they want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
3438 */
3439 - (void) overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
3440     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
3441 {
3442     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3443         [self doAddToQueue];
3444 }
3445
3446 - (void) doAddToQueue
3447 {
3448     [self addQueueFileItem ];
3449 }
3450
3451
3452
3453 /* Rip: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doRip
3454 */
3455 - (IBAction) Rip: (id) sender
3456 {
3457     [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: Pending queue count is %d", fPendingCount];
3458     /* Rip or Cancel ? */
3459     hb_state_t s;
3460     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
3461
3462     if(s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
3463         {
3464         [self Cancel: sender];
3465         return;
3466     }
3467
3468     /* We check to see if we need to warn the user that the computer will go to sleep
3469                  or shut down when encoding is finished */
3470                 [self remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown];
3471
3472     // If there are pending jobs in the queue, then this is a rip the queue
3473     if (fPendingCount > 0)
3474     {
3475         /* here lets start the queue with the first pending item */
3476         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3477
3478         return;
3479     }
3480
3481     // Before adding jobs to the queue, check for a valid destination.
3482
3483     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3484     if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
3485     {
3486         NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
3487         return;
3488     }
3489
3490     /* We check for duplicate name here */
3491     if( [[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:[fDstFile2Field stringValue]] )
3492     {
3493         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists", @"" ),
3494                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", "" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3495                                   @selector( overWriteAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3496                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3497                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3498                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3499
3500         // overWriteAlertDone: will be called when the alert is dismissed. It will call doRip.
3501     }
3502     else
3503     {
3504         /* if there are no pending jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
3505          otherwise, just rip the queue */
3506         if(fPendingCount == 0)
3507         {
3508             [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: No pending jobs, so sending this one to doAddToQueue"];
3509             [self doAddToQueue];
3510         }
3511
3512         /* go right to processing the new queue encode */
3513         [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: Going right to performNewQueueScan"];
3514         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3515
3516     }
3517 }
3518
3519 /* overWriteAlertDone: called from the alert posted by Rip: that asks the user if they
3520    want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
3521 */
3522 - (void) overWriteAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
3523     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
3524 {
3525     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3526     {
3527         /* if there are no jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
3528         otherwise, just rip the queue */
3529         if( fPendingCount == 0 )
3530         {
3531             [self doAddToQueue];
3532         }
3533
3534         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3535         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
3536         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3537
3538     }
3539 }
3540
3541 - (void) remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown
3542 {
3543        if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"])
3544        {
3545                /*Warn that computer will sleep after encoding*/
3546                int reminduser;
3547                NSBeep();
3548                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will sleep after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to sleep the computer after encoding. To turn off sleeping, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
3549                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
3550                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3551                {
3552                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
3553                }
3554        }
3555        else if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"])
3556        {
3557                /*Warn that computer will shut down after encoding*/
3558                int reminduser;
3559                NSBeep();
3560                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will shut down after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to shut down the computer after encoding. To turn off shut down, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
3561                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
3562                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3563                {
3564                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
3565                }
3566        }
3567
3568 }
3569
3570
3571 - (void) doRip
3572 {
3573     /* Let libhb do the job */
3574     hb_start( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3575     /*set the fEncodeState State */
3576         fEncodeState = 1;
3577 }
3578
3579
3580 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3581 // Displays an alert asking user if the want to cancel encoding of current job.
3582 // Cancel: returns immediately after posting the alert. Later, when the user
3583 // acknowledges the alert, doCancelCurrentJob is called.
3584 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3585 - (IBAction)Cancel: (id)sender
3586 {
3587     if (!fQueueController) return;
3588
3589   hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3590     NSString * alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:NSLocalizedString(@"You are currently encoding. What would you like to do ?", nil)];
3591
3592     // Which window to attach the sheet to?
3593     NSWindow * docWindow;
3594     if ([sender respondsToSelector: @selector(window)])
3595         docWindow = [sender window];
3596     else
3597         docWindow = fWindow;
3598
3599     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
3600             alertTitle,
3601             NSLocalizedString(@"Continue Encoding", nil),
3602             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Stop", nil),
3603             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Continue", nil),
3604             docWindow, self,
3605             nil, @selector(didDimissCancel:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
3606             NSLocalizedString(@"Your encode will be cancelled if you don't continue encoding.", nil));
3607
3608     // didDimissCancelCurrentJob:returnCode:contextInfo: will be called when the dialog is dismissed
3609 }
3610
3611 - (void) didDimissCancel: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
3612 {
3613    hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3614      if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
3615     {
3616         [self doCancelCurrentJob];  // <- this also stops libhb
3617     }
3618     if (returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
3619     {
3620     [self doCancelCurrentJobAndStop];
3621     }
3622 }
3623
3624 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3625 // Cancels and deletes the current job and stops libhb from processing the remaining
3626 // encodes.
3627 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3628 - (void) doCancelCurrentJob
3629 {
3630     // Stop the current job. hb_stop will only cancel the current pass and then set
3631     // its state to HB_STATE_WORKDONE. It also does this asynchronously. So when we
3632     // see the state has changed to HB_STATE_WORKDONE (in updateUI), we'll delete the
3633     // remaining passes of the job and then start the queue back up if there are any
3634     // remaining jobs.
3635
3636
3637     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3638
3639     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
3640             hb_job_t * job;
3641             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
3642                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
3643
3644     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
3645
3646     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
3647     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
3648     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
3649     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
3650     [self saveQueueFileItem];
3651     // so now lets move to
3652     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
3653     // ... and see if there are more items left in our queue
3654     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
3655     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
3656     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
3657     {
3658     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
3659     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob moving to the next job"];
3660
3661     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3662     }
3663     else
3664     {
3665         [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob the item queue is complete"];
3666     }
3667
3668 }
3669
3670 - (void) doCancelCurrentJobAndStop
3671 {
3672     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3673
3674     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
3675             hb_job_t * job;
3676             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
3677                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
3678
3679
3680     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
3681
3682     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
3683     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
3684     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
3685     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
3686     [self saveQueueFileItem];
3687     // so now lets move to
3688     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
3689     [self writeToActivityLog: "cancelling current job and stopping the queue"];
3690 }
3691 - (IBAction) Pause: (id) sender
3692 {
3693     hb_state_t s;
3694     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
3695
3696     if( s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED )
3697     {
3698         hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3699     }
3700     else
3701     {
3702         hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3703     }
3704 }
3705
3706 #pragma mark -
3707 #pragma mark GUI Controls Changed Methods
3708
3709 - (IBAction) titlePopUpChanged: (id) sender
3710 {
3711     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
3712     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
3713         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
3714
3715     /* If Auto Naming is on. We create an output filename of dvd name - title number */
3716     if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultAutoNaming"] > 0 && ( hb_list_count( list ) > 1 ) )
3717         {
3718                 [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
3719                         @"%@/%@-%d.%@", [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent],
3720                         [browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension],
3721             title->index,
3722                         [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]]];
3723         }
3724
3725     /* Update chapter popups */
3726     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp removeAllItems];
3727     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   removeAllItems];
3728     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ); i++ )
3729     {
3730         [fSrcChapterStartPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
3731             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
3732         [fSrcChapterEndPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
3733             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
3734     }
3735
3736     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3737     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   selectItemAtIndex:
3738         hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ) - 1];
3739     [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
3740
3741     /* if using dvd nav, show the angle widget */
3742     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue])
3743     {
3744         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:NO];
3745         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:NO];
3746
3747         [fSrcAnglePopUp removeAllItems];
3748         for( int i = 0; i < title->angle_count; i++ )
3749         {
3750             [fSrcAnglePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
3751         }
3752         [fSrcAnglePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3753     }
3754     else
3755     {
3756         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
3757         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
3758     }
3759
3760     /* Start Get and set the initial pic size for display */
3761         hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3762         fTitle = title;
3763
3764     /* Set Auto Crop to on upon selecting a new title  */
3765     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
3766
3767         /* We get the originial output picture width and height and put them
3768         in variables for use with some presets later on */
3769         PicOrigOutputWidth = job->width;
3770         PicOrigOutputHeight = job->height;
3771         AutoCropTop = job->crop[0];
3772         AutoCropBottom = job->crop[1];
3773         AutoCropLeft = job->crop[2];
3774         AutoCropRight = job->crop[3];
3775
3776         /* Reset the new title in fPictureController &&  fPreviewController*/
3777     [fPictureController SetTitle:title];
3778
3779     /* Update subtitle popups */
3780     hb_subtitle_t * subtitle;
3781     [fSubPopUp removeAllItems];
3782     [fSubPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"None"];
3783     [fSubPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"Autoselect"];
3784     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_subtitle ); i++ )
3785     {
3786         subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_subtitle, i );
3787
3788         /* We cannot use NSPopUpButton's addItemWithTitle because
3789            it checks for duplicate entries */
3790         [[fSubPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle: [NSString stringWithCString:
3791             subtitle->lang] action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3792     }
3793     [fSubPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3794
3795         [self subtitleSelectionChanged:nil];
3796
3797     /* Update chapter table */
3798     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
3799     [fChapterTable reloadData];
3800
3801    /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3802     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3803     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3804     {
3805         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3806         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3807     }
3808
3809     /* Update audio popups */
3810     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp];
3811     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang2PopUp];
3812     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang3PopUp];
3813     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang4PopUp];
3814     /* search for the first instance of our prefs default language for track 1, and set track 2 to "none" */
3815         NSString * audioSearchPrefix = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"DefaultLanguage"];
3816         [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp searchPrefixString: audioSearchPrefix selectIndexIfNotFound: 1];
3817     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang2PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
3818     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang3PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
3819     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang4PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
3820
3821         /* changing the title may have changed the audio channels on offer, */
3822         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
3823         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
3824         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
3825     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
3826     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
3827
3828     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3829
3830     /* we run the picture size values through calculatePictureSizing to get all picture setting information*/
3831         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
3832
3833    /* lets call tableViewSelected to make sure that any preset we have selected is enforced after a title change */
3834     [self selectPreset:nil];
3835 }
3836
3837 - (IBAction) chapterPopUpChanged: (id) sender
3838 {
3839
3840         /* If start chapter popup is greater than end chapter popup,
3841         we set the end chapter popup to the same as start chapter popup */
3842         if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
3843         {
3844                 [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]];
3845     }
3846
3847
3848         hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
3849     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *)
3850         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
3851
3852     hb_chapter_t * chapter;
3853     int64_t        duration = 0;
3854     for( int i = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
3855          i <= [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]; i++ )
3856     {
3857         chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
3858         duration += chapter->duration;
3859     }
3860
3861     duration /= 90000; /* pts -> seconds */
3862     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
3863         @"%02lld:%02lld:%02lld", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
3864         duration % 60]];
3865
3866     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
3867 }
3868
3869 - (IBAction) formatPopUpChanged: (id) sender
3870 {
3871     NSString * string = [fDstFile2Field stringValue];
3872     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
3873     char * ext = NULL;
3874         /* Initially set the large file (64 bit formatting) output checkbox to hidden */
3875     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: YES];
3876     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: YES];
3877     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: YES];
3878
3879     /* Update the Video Codec PopUp */
3880     /* lets get the tag of the currently selected item first so we might reset it later */
3881     int selectedVidEncoderTag;
3882     selectedVidEncoderTag = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3883
3884     /* Note: we now store the video encoder int values from common.c in the tags of each popup for easy retrieval later */
3885     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
3886     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
3887     /* These video encoders are available to all of our current muxers, so lets list them once here */
3888     menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MPEG-4 (FFmpeg)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3889     [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG];
3890
3891     switch( format )
3892     {
3893         case 0:
3894                         /*Get Default MP4 File Extension*/
3895                         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0)
3896                         {
3897                                 ext = "m4v";
3898                         }
3899                         else
3900                         {
3901                                 ext = "mp4";
3902                         }
3903             /* Add additional video encoders here */
3904             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3905             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
3906             /* We show the mp4 option checkboxes here since we are mp4 */
3907             [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
3908                         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: NO];
3909                         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: NO];
3910             [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: NO];
3911             break;
3912
3913             case 1:
3914             ext = "mkv";
3915             /* Add additional video encoders here */
3916             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3917             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
3918             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"VP3 (Theora)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
3919             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_THEORA];
3920             /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here */
3921                         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
3922                         break;
3923
3924
3925     }
3926     /* if we have a previously selected vid encoder tag, then try to select it */
3927     if (selectedVidEncoderTag)
3928     {
3929         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTag: selectedVidEncoderTag];
3930     }
3931     else
3932     {
3933         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
3934     }
3935
3936     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
3937     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
3938     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
3939     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
3940
3941     if( format == 0 )
3942         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
3943     else
3944         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%s", [string stringByDeletingPathExtension], ext]];
3945
3946     if( SuccessfulScan )
3947     {
3948         /* Add/replace to the correct extension */
3949         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
3950         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
3951         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
3952         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
3953
3954         if( [fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] == nil )
3955         {
3956
3957             [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
3958             [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
3959
3960             /* changing the format may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
3961             /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
3962
3963             /* We call the method to properly enable/disable turbo 2 pass */
3964             [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
3965             /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
3966         }
3967     }
3968         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
3969 }
3970
3971 - (IBAction) autoSetM4vExtension: (id) sender
3972 {
3973     if ( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
3974         return;
3975
3976     NSString * extension = @"mp4";
3977
3978     if( [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
3979                                                         [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
3980                                                         [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
3981                                                         [fCreateChapterMarkers state] == NSOnState ||
3982                                                         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0 )
3983     {
3984         extension = @"m4v";
3985     }
3986
3987     if( [extension isEqualTo: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]] )
3988         return;
3989     else
3990         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%@",
3991                                     [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingPathExtension], extension]];
3992 }
3993
3994 /* Method to determine if we should change the UI
3995 To reflect whether or not a Preset is being used or if
3996 the user is using "Custom" settings by determining the sender*/
3997 - (IBAction) customSettingUsed: (id) sender
3998 {
3999         if ([sender stringValue])
4000         {
4001                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
4002                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
4003                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
4004                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
4005
4006                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
4007         }
4008 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4009 }
4010
4011
4012 #pragma mark -
4013 #pragma mark - Video
4014
4015 - (IBAction) videoEncoderPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4016 {
4017     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4018     int videoEncoder = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4019
4020     [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:YES];
4021     /* If we are using x264 then show the x264 advanced panel*/
4022     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4023     {
4024         [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:NO];
4025         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4026     }
4027
4028     /* We need to set loose anamorphic as available depending on whether or not the ffmpeg encoder
4029     is being used as it borks up loose anamorphic .
4030     For convenience lets use the titleOfSelected index. Probably should revisit whether or not we want
4031     to use the index itself but this is easier */
4032     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG)
4033     {
4034         if (job->anamorphic.mode == 2)
4035         {
4036             job->anamorphic.mode = 0;
4037         }
4038         [fPictureController setAllowLooseAnamorphic:NO];
4039         /* We set the iPod atom checkbox to disabled and uncheck it as its only for x264 in the mp4
4040          container. Format is taken care of in formatPopUpChanged method by hiding and unchecking
4041          anything other than MP4.
4042          */
4043         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: NO];
4044         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState: NSOffState];
4045     }
4046     else
4047     {
4048         [fPictureController setAllowLooseAnamorphic:YES];
4049         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: YES];
4050     }
4051     [self setupQualitySlider];
4052         [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4053         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4054 }
4055
4056
4057 - (IBAction) twoPassCheckboxChanged: (id) sender
4058 {
4059         /* check to see if x264 is chosen */
4060         if([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4061     {
4062                 if( [fVidTwoPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4063                 {
4064                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: NO];
4065                 }
4066                 else
4067                 {
4068                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4069                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4070                 }
4071                 /* Make sure Two Pass is checked if Turbo is checked */
4072                 if( [fVidTurboPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4073                 {
4074                         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOnState];
4075                 }
4076         }
4077         else
4078         {
4079                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4080                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4081         }
4082
4083         /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4084         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4085 }
4086
4087 - (IBAction ) videoFrameRateChanged: (id) sender
4088 {
4089     /* We call method method to calculatePictureSizing to error check detelecine*/
4090     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4091
4092     /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4093         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4094 }
4095 - (IBAction) videoMatrixChanged: (id) sender;
4096 {
4097     bool target, bitrate, quality;
4098
4099     target = bitrate = quality = false;
4100     if( [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled] )
4101     {
4102         switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
4103         {
4104             case 0:
4105                 target = true;
4106                 break;
4107             case 1:
4108                 bitrate = true;
4109                 break;
4110             case 2:
4111                 quality = true;
4112                 break;
4113         }
4114     }
4115     [fVidTargetSizeField  setEnabled: target];
4116     [fVidBitrateField     setEnabled: bitrate];
4117     [fVidQualitySlider    setEnabled: quality];
4118     [fVidQualityRFField   setEnabled: quality];
4119     [fVidQualityRFLabel    setEnabled: quality];
4120     [fVidTwoPassCheck     setEnabled: !quality &&
4121         [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled]];
4122     if( quality )
4123     {
4124         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4125                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4126                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4127     }
4128
4129     [self qualitySliderChanged: sender];
4130     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4131         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4132 }
4133
4134 /* Use this method to setup the quality slider for cq/rf values depending on
4135  * the video encoder selected.
4136  */
4137 - (void) setupQualitySlider
4138 {
4139     /* Get the current slider maxValue to check for a change in slider scale later
4140      * so that we can choose a new similar value on the new slider scale */
4141     float previousMaxValue = [fVidQualitySlider maxValue];
4142     float previousPercentOfSliderScale = [fVidQualitySlider floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1);
4143     NSString * qpRFLabelString = @"QP:";
4144     /* x264 0-51 */
4145     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4146     {
4147         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4148         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:51.0];
4149         /* As x264 allows for qp/rf values that are fractional, we get the value from the preferences */
4150         int fractionalGranularity = 1 / [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] floatForKey:@"x264CqSliderFractional"];
4151         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:(([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * fractionalGranularity) + 1];
4152         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultCrf"] > 0)
4153         {
4154             qpRFLabelString = @"RF:";
4155         }
4156     }
4157     /* ffmpeg and xvid 1-31 */
4158     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG || [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_XVID)
4159     {
4160         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:1.0];
4161         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:31.0];
4162         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:31];
4163     }
4164     /* Theora 0-63 */
4165     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4166     {
4167         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4168         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:63.0];
4169         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:64];
4170     }
4171     [fVidQualityRFLabel setStringValue:qpRFLabelString];
4172
4173     /* check to see if we have changed slider scales */
4174     if (previousMaxValue != [fVidQualitySlider maxValue])
4175     {
4176         /* if so, convert the old setting to the new scale as close as possible based on percentages */
4177         float rf =  ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1) * previousPercentOfSliderScale;
4178         [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
4179     }
4180
4181     [self qualitySliderChanged:nil];
4182 }
4183
4184 - (IBAction) qualitySliderChanged: (id) sender
4185 {
4186     /* Our constant quality slider is in a range based
4187      * on each encoders qp/rf values. The range depends
4188      * on the encoder. Also, the range is inverse of quality
4189      * for all of the encoders *except* for theora
4190      * (ie. as the "quality" goes up, the cq or rf value
4191      * actually goes down). Since the IB sliders always set
4192      * their max value at the right end of the slider, we
4193      * will calculate the inverse, so as the slider floatValue
4194      * goes up, we will show the inverse in the rf field
4195      * so, the floatValue at the right for x264 would be 51
4196      * and our rf field needs to show 0 and vice versa.
4197      */
4198
4199     float sliderRfInverse = ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]) + [fVidQualitySlider minValue];
4200     /* If the encoder is theora, use the float, otherwise use the inverse float*/
4201     float sliderRfToPercent;
4202     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4203     {
4204         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]]];
4205         sliderRfToPercent = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]);
4206     }
4207     else
4208     {
4209         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", sliderRfInverse]];
4210         sliderRfToPercent = ( ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue])  - ([fVidQualityRFField floatValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue])) / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]);
4211     }
4212     [fVidConstantCell setTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4213                                  NSLocalizedString( @"Constant quality: %.2f %%", @"" ), 100 * sliderRfToPercent]];
4214
4215     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4216 }
4217
4218 - (void) controlTextDidChange: (NSNotification *) notification
4219 {
4220     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4221 }
4222
4223 - (IBAction) calculateBitrate: (id) sender
4224 {
4225     if( !fHandle || [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] != 0 || !SuccessfulScan )
4226     {
4227         return;
4228     }
4229
4230     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4231     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
4232             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4233     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
4234     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
4235     /* For  hb_calc_bitrate in addition to the Target Size in MB out of the
4236      * Target Size Field, we also need the job info for the Muxer, the Chapters
4237      * as well as all of the audio track info.
4238      * This used to be accomplished by simply calling prepareJob here, however
4239      * since the resilient queue sets the queue array values instead of the job
4240      * values directly, we duplicate the old prepareJob code here for the variables
4241      * needed
4242      */
4243     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
4244     job->chapter_end = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
4245     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4246
4247     /* Audio goes here */
4248     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
4249     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
4250     {
4251         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
4252         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
4253     }
4254     /* Now we need our audio info here for each track if applicable */
4255     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4256     {
4257         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4258         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4259         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4260         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4261         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4262         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4263         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4264         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4265         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4266         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
4267
4268         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4269         free(audio);
4270     }
4271     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4272     {
4273         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4274         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4275         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4276         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4277         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4278         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4279         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4280         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4281         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4282         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
4283
4284         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4285         free(audio);
4286
4287     }
4288
4289     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4290     {
4291         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4292         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4293         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4294         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4295         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4296         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4297         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4298         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4299         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4300         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
4301
4302         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4303         free(audio);
4304
4305     }
4306
4307     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4308     {
4309         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4310         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4311         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4312         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4313         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4314         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4315         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4316         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4317         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4318         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
4319
4320         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4321         free(audio);
4322
4323     }
4324
4325 [fVidBitrateField setIntValue: hb_calc_bitrate( job, [fVidTargetSizeField intValue] )];
4326 }
4327
4328 #pragma mark -
4329 #pragma mark - Picture
4330
4331 /* lets set the picture size back to the max from right after title scan
4332    Lets use an IBAction here as down the road we could always use a checkbox
4333    in the gui to easily take the user back to max. Remember, the compiler
4334    resolves IBActions down to -(void) during compile anyway */
4335 - (IBAction) revertPictureSizeToMax: (id) sender
4336 {
4337         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4338         /* Here we apply the title source and height */
4339     job->width = fTitle->width;
4340     job->height = fTitle->height;
4341
4342     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4343     /* We call method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4344     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4345 }
4346
4347 /**
4348  * Registers changes made in the Picture Settings Window.
4349  */
4350
4351 - (void)pictureSettingsDidChange
4352 {
4353         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
4354 }
4355
4356 /* Get and Display Current Pic Settings in main window */
4357 - (IBAction) calculatePictureSizing: (id) sender
4358 {
4359         if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode > 0)
4360         {
4361         fTitle->job->keep_ratio = 0;
4362         }
4363
4364     [fPictureSizeField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Size: %@", [fPictureController getPictureSizeInfoString]]];
4365
4366     NSString *picCropping;
4367     /* Set the display field for crop as per boolean */
4368         if (![fPictureController autoCrop])
4369         {
4370         picCropping =  @"Custom";
4371         }
4372         else
4373         {
4374                 picCropping =  @"Auto";
4375         }
4376     picCropping = [picCropping stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" %d/%d/%d/%d",fTitle->job->crop[0],fTitle->job->crop[1],fTitle->job->crop[2],fTitle->job->crop[3]]];
4377
4378     [fPictureCroppingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Cropping: %@",picCropping]];
4379
4380     NSString *videoFilters;
4381     videoFilters = @"";
4382     /* Detelecine */
4383     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
4384     {
4385         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Detelecine (Default)"];
4386     }
4387     else if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
4388     {
4389         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Detelecine (%@)",[fPictureController detelecineCustomString]]];
4390     }
4391
4392
4393     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
4394     {
4395         /* Decomb */
4396         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
4397         {
4398             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Decomb (Default)"];
4399         }
4400         else if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
4401         {
4402             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Decomb (%@)",[fPictureController decombCustomString]]];
4403         }
4404     }
4405     else
4406     {
4407         /* Deinterlace */
4408         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] > 0)
4409         {
4410             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 1;
4411         }
4412         else
4413         {
4414             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 0;
4415         }
4416
4417         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
4418         {
4419             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Fast)"];
4420         }
4421         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
4422         {
4423             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slow)"];
4424         }
4425         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
4426         {
4427             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slower)"];
4428         }
4429         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
4430         {
4431             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deinterlace (%@)",[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString]]];
4432         }
4433         }
4434
4435
4436     /* Denoise */
4437         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1)
4438         {
4439                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Weak)"];
4440     }
4441         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2)
4442         {
4443                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Medium)"];
4444     }
4445         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3)
4446         {
4447                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Strong)"];
4448         }
4449     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4)
4450         {
4451                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Denoise (%@)",[fPictureController denoiseCustomString]]];
4452         }
4453
4454     /* Deblock */
4455     if ([fPictureController deblock] > 0)
4456     {
4457         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deblock (%d)",[fPictureController deblock]]];
4458     }
4459
4460     /* Grayscale */
4461     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
4462     {
4463         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Grayscale"];
4464     }
4465     [fVideoFiltersField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Video Filters: %@", videoFilters]];
4466
4467     //[fPictureController reloadStillPreview];
4468 }
4469
4470
4471 #pragma mark -
4472 #pragma mark - Audio and Subtitles
4473 - (IBAction) audioCodecsPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4474 {
4475
4476     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
4477     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
4478     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
4479     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
4480     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
4481     {
4482         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
4483         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
4484         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
4485         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
4486     }
4487     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
4488     {
4489         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
4490         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
4491         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
4492         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
4493     }
4494     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
4495     {
4496         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
4497         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
4498         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
4499         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
4500     }
4501     else
4502     {
4503         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
4504         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
4505         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
4506         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
4507     }
4508
4509     /* changing the codecs on offer may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4510         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4511     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiotrackPopUp];
4512
4513 }
4514
4515 - (IBAction) setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls: (id) sender
4516 {
4517     /* We will be setting the enabled/disabled state of each tracks audio controls based on
4518      * the settings of the source audio for that track. We leave the samplerate and bitrate
4519      * to audiotrackMixdownChanged
4520      */
4521
4522     /* We will first verify that a lower track number has been selected before enabling each track
4523      * for example, make sure a track is selected for track 1 before enabling track 2, etc.
4524      */
4525     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4526     {
4527         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4528         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4529     }
4530     else
4531     {
4532         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4533     }
4534
4535     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4536     {
4537         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4538         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4539     }
4540     else
4541     {
4542         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4543     }
4544     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4545     {
4546         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4547         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4548     }
4549     else
4550     {
4551         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4552     }
4553     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 1 */
4554     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4555     [fAudTrack1MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4556     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4557     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4558     [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4559     [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4560     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4561     {
4562         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4563         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4564         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4565         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
4566         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
4567         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
4568     }
4569     else if ([[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4570     {
4571         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4572         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4573         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
4574         [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: NO];
4575     }
4576
4577     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 2 */
4578     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4579     [fAudTrack2MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4580     [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4581     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4582     [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4583     [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4584     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4585     {
4586         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4587         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4588         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4589         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
4590         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
4591         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
4592     }
4593     else if ([[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4594     {
4595         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4596         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4597         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
4598         [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: NO];
4599     }
4600
4601     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 3 */
4602     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4603     [fAudTrack3MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4604     [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4605     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4606     [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4607     [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4608     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4609     {
4610         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4611         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4612         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4613         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
4614         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
4615         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
4616     }
4617     else if ([[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4618     {
4619         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4620         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4621         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
4622         [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: NO];
4623     }
4624
4625     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 4 */
4626     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4627     [fAudTrack4MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4628     [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4629     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4630     [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4631     [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4632     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4633     {
4634         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4635         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4636         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4637         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
4638         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
4639         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
4640     }
4641     else if ([[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4642     {
4643         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4644         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4645         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
4646         [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: NO];
4647     }
4648
4649 }
4650
4651 - (IBAction) addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: (id) sender
4652 {
4653
4654     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4655     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
4656         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4657
4658         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
4659
4660     [sender removeAllItems];
4661     [sender addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"None", @"" )];
4662     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_audio ); i++ )
4663     {
4664         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( title->list_audio, i );
4665         [[sender menu] addItemWithTitle:
4666             [NSString stringWithCString: audio->lang.description]
4667             action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4668     }
4669     [sender selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4670
4671 }
4672
4673 - (IBAction) selectAudioTrackInPopUp: (id) sender searchPrefixString: (NSString *) searchPrefixString selectIndexIfNotFound: (int) selectIndexIfNotFound
4674 {
4675
4676     /* this method can be used to find a language, or a language-and-source-format combination, by passing in the appropriate string */
4677     /* e.g. to find the first French track, pass in an NSString * of "Francais" */
4678     /* e.g. to find the first English 5.1 AC3 track, pass in an NSString * of "English (AC3) (5.1 ch)" */
4679     /* if no matching track is found, then selectIndexIfNotFound is used to choose which track to select instead */
4680
4681         if (searchPrefixString)
4682         {
4683
4684         for( int i = 0; i < [sender numberOfItems]; i++ )
4685         {
4686             /* Try to find the desired search string */
4687             if ([[[sender itemAtIndex: i] title] hasPrefix:searchPrefixString])
4688             {
4689                 [sender selectItemAtIndex: i];
4690                 return;
4691             }
4692         }
4693         /* couldn't find the string, so select the requested "search string not found" item */
4694         /* index of 0 means select the "none" item */
4695         /* index of 1 means select the first audio track */
4696         [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
4697         }
4698     else
4699     {
4700         /* if no search string is provided, then select the selectIndexIfNotFound item */
4701         [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
4702     }
4703
4704 }
4705 - (IBAction) audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: (id)sender
4706 {
4707     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4708
4709     /* setup pointers to the appropriate popups for the correct track */
4710     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
4711     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
4712     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
4713     {
4714         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
4715         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
4716     }
4717     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
4718     {
4719         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
4720         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
4721     }
4722     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
4723     {
4724         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
4725         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
4726     }
4727     else
4728     {
4729         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
4730         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
4731     }
4732
4733     [audiocodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4734     /* Make sure "None" isnt selected in the source track */
4735     if ([audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4736     {
4737         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:YES];
4738         NSMenuItem *menuItem;
4739         /* We setup our appropriate popups for codecs and put the int value in the popup tag for easy retrieval */
4740         switch( format )
4741         {
4742             case 0:
4743                 /* MP4 */
4744                 // AAC
4745                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4746                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
4747
4748                 // AC3 Passthru
4749                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4750                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
4751                 break;
4752
4753             case 1:
4754                 /* MKV */
4755                 // AAC
4756                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4757                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
4758                 // AC3 Passthru
4759                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4760                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
4761                 // MP3
4762                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4763                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
4764                 // Vorbis
4765                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4766                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
4767                 break;
4768
4769             case 2:
4770                 /* AVI */
4771                 // MP3
4772                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4773                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
4774                 // AC3 Passthru
4775                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4776                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
4777                 break;
4778
4779             case 3:
4780                 /* OGM */
4781                 // Vorbis
4782                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4783                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
4784                 // MP3
4785                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4786                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
4787                 break;
4788         }
4789         [audiocodecPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
4790     }
4791     else
4792     {
4793         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:NO];
4794     }
4795 }
4796
4797 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4798 {
4799     /* utility function to call audioTrackPopUpChanged without passing in a mixdown-to-use */
4800     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: sender mixdownToUse: 0];
4801 }
4802
4803 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender mixdownToUse: (int) mixdownToUse
4804 {
4805
4806     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
4807     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
4808     /* if the sender is the lanaguage popup and there is nothing in the codec popup, lets call
4809     * audioAddAudioTrackCodecs on the codec popup to populate it properly before moving on
4810     */
4811     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp && [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
4812     {
4813         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
4814     }
4815     if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp && [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
4816     {
4817         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
4818     }
4819     if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp && [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
4820     {
4821         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
4822     }
4823     if (sender == fAudLang4PopUp && [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
4824     {
4825         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
4826     }
4827
4828     /* Now lets make the sender the appropriate Audio Track popup from this point on */
4829     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
4830     {
4831         sender = fAudLang1PopUp;
4832     }
4833     if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
4834     {
4835         sender = fAudLang2PopUp;
4836     }
4837     if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
4838     {
4839         sender = fAudLang3PopUp;
4840     }
4841     if (sender == fAudTrack4CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack4MixPopUp)
4842     {
4843         sender = fAudLang4PopUp;
4844     }
4845
4846     /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
4847     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
4848     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
4849     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
4850     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
4851     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp)
4852     {
4853         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
4854         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
4855         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
4856         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
4857     }
4858     else if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp)
4859     {
4860         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
4861         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
4862         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
4863         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
4864     }
4865     else if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp)
4866     {
4867         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
4868         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
4869         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
4870         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
4871     }
4872     else
4873     {
4874         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
4875         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
4876         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
4877         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
4878     }
4879
4880     /* get the index of the selected audio Track*/
4881     int thisAudioIndex = [sender indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4882
4883     /* pointer for the hb_audio_s struct we will use later on */
4884     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
4885
4886     int acodec;
4887     /* check if the audio mixdown controls need their enabled state changing */
4888     [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
4889
4890     if (thisAudioIndex != -1)
4891     {
4892
4893         /* get the audio */
4894         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, thisAudioIndex );// Should "fTitle" be title and be setup ?
4895
4896         /* actually manipulate the proper mixdowns here */
4897         /* delete the previous audio mixdown options */
4898         [mixdownPopUp removeAllItems];
4899
4900         acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4901
4902         if (audio != NULL)
4903         {
4904
4905             /* find out if our selected output audio codec supports mono and / or 6ch */
4906             /* we also check for an input codec of AC3 or DCA,
4907              as they are the only libraries able to do the mixdown to mono / conversion to 6-ch */
4908             /* audioCodecsSupportMono and audioCodecsSupport6Ch are the same for now,
4909              but this may change in the future, so they are separated for flexibility */
4910             int audioCodecsSupportMono =
4911                     (audio->in.codec & (HB_ACODEC_AC3|HB_ACODEC_DCA)) &&
4912                     (acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
4913             int audioCodecsSupport6Ch =
4914                     (audio->in.codec & (HB_ACODEC_AC3|HB_ACODEC_DCA)) &&
4915                     (acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
4916
4917             /* check for AC-3 passthru */
4918             if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4919             {
4920
4921             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
4922                  [NSString stringWithCString: "AC3 Passthru"]
4923                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4924              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
4925             }
4926             else
4927             {
4928
4929                 /* add the appropriate audio mixdown menuitems to the popupbutton */
4930                 /* in each case, we set the new menuitem's tag to be the amixdown value for that mixdown,
4931                  so that we can reference the mixdown later */
4932
4933                 /* keep a track of the min and max mixdowns we used, so we can select the best match later */
4934                 int minMixdownUsed = 0;
4935                 int maxMixdownUsed = 0;
4936
4937                 /* get the input channel layout without any lfe channels */
4938                 int layout = audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DISCRETE_NO_LFE_MASK;
4939
4940                 /* do we want to add a mono option? */
4941                 if (audioCodecsSupportMono == 1)
4942                 {
4943                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
4944                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].human_readable_name]
4945                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4946                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown];
4947                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown;
4948                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown);
4949                 }
4950
4951                 /* do we want to add a stereo option? */
4952                 /* offer stereo if we have a mono source and non-mono-supporting codecs, as otherwise we won't have a mixdown at all */
4953                 /* also offer stereo if we have a stereo-or-better source */
4954                 if ((layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_MONO && audioCodecsSupportMono == 0) || layout >= HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
4955                 {
4956                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
4957                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].human_readable_name]
4958                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4959                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown];
4960                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown;
4961                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown);
4962                 }
4963
4964                 /* do we want to add a dolby surround (DPL1) option? */
4965                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F1R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DOLBY)
4966                 {
4967                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
4968                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].human_readable_name]
4969                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4970                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown];
4971                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown;
4972                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown);
4973                 }
4974
4975                 /* do we want to add a dolby pro logic 2 (DPL2) option? */
4976                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R)
4977                 {
4978                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
4979                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].human_readable_name]
4980                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4981                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown];
4982                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown;
4983                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown);
4984                 }
4985
4986                 /* do we want to add a 6-channel discrete option? */
4987                 if (audioCodecsSupport6Ch == 1 && layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R && (audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_HAS_LFE))
4988                 {
4989                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
4990                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].human_readable_name]
4991                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4992                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown];
4993                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown;
4994                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown);
4995                 }
4996
4997                 /* do we want to add an AC-3 passthrough option? */
4998                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
4999                 {
5000                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5001                                             [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5002                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5003                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5004                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5005                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5006                 }
5007
5008                 /* auto-select the best mixdown based on our saved mixdown preference */
5009
5010                 /* for now, this is hard-coded to a "best" mixdown of HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII */
5011                 /* ultimately this should be a prefs option */
5012                 int useMixdown;
5013
5014                 /* if we passed in a mixdown to use - in order to load a preset - then try and use it */
5015                 if (mixdownToUse > 0)
5016                 {
5017                     useMixdown = mixdownToUse;
5018                 }
5019                 else
5020                 {
5021                     useMixdown = HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII;
5022                 }
5023
5024                 /* if useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed, then use maxMixdownUsed */
5025                 if (useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed)
5026                 {
5027                     useMixdown = maxMixdownUsed;
5028                 }
5029
5030                 /* if useMixdown < minMixdownUsed, then use minMixdownUsed */
5031                 if (useMixdown < minMixdownUsed)
5032                 {
5033                     useMixdown = minMixdownUsed;
5034                 }
5035
5036                 /* select the (possibly-amended) preferred mixdown */
5037                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTag: useMixdown];
5038
5039             }
5040             /* In the case of a source track that is not AC3 and the user tries to use AC3 Passthru (which does not work)
5041              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use MP3 for avi and aac for all
5042              * other containers.
5043              */
5044             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5045             {
5046                 /* If we are using the avi container, we select MP3 as there is no aac available*/
5047                 if ([[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_MUX_AVI)
5048                 {
5049                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5050                 }
5051                 else
5052                 {
5053                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5054                 }
5055             }
5056             /* Setup our samplerate and bitrate popups we will need based on mixdown */
5057             [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
5058         }
5059
5060     }
5061     if( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
5062     {
5063         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
5064     }
5065 }
5066
5067 - (IBAction) audioTrackMixdownChanged: (id) sender
5068 {
5069
5070     int acodec;
5071     /* setup pointers to all of the other audio track controls
5072     * we will need later
5073     */
5074     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5075     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5076     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5077     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5078     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5079     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5080     NSTextField * drcField;
5081     if (sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5082     {
5083         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5084         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5085         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5086         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5087         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5088         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5089         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5090     }
5091     else if (sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5092     {
5093         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5094         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5095         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5096         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5097         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5098         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5099         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5100     }
5101     else if (sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5102     {
5103         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5104         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5105         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5106         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5107         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5108         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5109         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5110     }
5111     else
5112     {
5113         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5114         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5115         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5116         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5117         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5118         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5119         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5120     }
5121     acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5122     /* storage variable for the min and max bitrate allowed for this codec */
5123     int minbitrate;
5124     int maxbitrate;
5125
5126     switch( acodec )
5127     {
5128         case HB_ACODEC_FAAC:
5129             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5130             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5131             {
5132                 /* FAAC is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps, even for 6ch */
5133                 minbitrate = 32;
5134                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 384 kbps */
5135                 maxbitrate = 384;
5136                 break;
5137             }
5138             else
5139             {
5140                 /* FAAC is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps for stereo or mono */
5141                 minbitrate = 32;
5142                 /* FAAC won't honour anything more than 160 for stereo, so let's not offer it */
5143                 /* note: haven't dealt with mono separately here, FAAC will just use the max it can */
5144                 maxbitrate = 160;
5145                 break;
5146             }
5147
5148             case HB_ACODEC_LAME:
5149             /* Lame is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps */
5150             minbitrate = 32;
5151             /* Lame won't encode if the bitrate is higher than 320 kbps */
5152             maxbitrate = 320;
5153             break;
5154
5155             case HB_ACODEC_VORBIS:
5156             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5157             {
5158                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 192 kbps with 6 channel */
5159                 minbitrate = 192;
5160                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 384 kbps */
5161                 maxbitrate = 384;
5162                 break;
5163             }
5164             else
5165             {
5166                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 48 kbps */
5167                 minbitrate = 48;
5168                 /* Vorbis can cope with 384 kbps quite happily, even for stereo */
5169                 maxbitrate = 384;
5170                 break;
5171             }
5172
5173             default:
5174             /* AC3 passthru disables the bitrate dropdown anyway, so we might as well just use the min and max bitrate */
5175             minbitrate = 32;
5176             maxbitrate = 384;
5177
5178     }
5179
5180     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
5181     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
5182     /* get the audio so we can find out what input rates are*/
5183     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5184     audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
5185     int inputbitrate = audio->in.bitrate / 1000;
5186     int inputsamplerate = audio->in.samplerate;
5187
5188     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5189     {
5190         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5191
5192         for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
5193         {
5194             if (hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate >= minbitrate && hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate <= maxbitrate)
5195             {
5196                 /* add a new menuitem for this bitrate */
5197                 NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5198                                         [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]
5199                                                                       action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5200                 /* set its tag to be the actual bitrate as an integer, so we can retrieve it later */
5201                 [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate];
5202             }
5203         }
5204
5205         /* select the default bitrate (but use 384 for 6-ch AAC) */
5206         if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5207         {
5208             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: 384];
5209         }
5210         else
5211         {
5212             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: hb_audio_bitrates[hb_audio_bitrates_default].rate];
5213         }
5214     }
5215     /* populate and set the sample rate popup */
5216     /* Audio samplerate */
5217     [sampleratePopUp removeAllItems];
5218     /* we create a same as source selection (Auto) so that we can choose to use the input sample rate */
5219     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle: @"Auto" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5220     [menuItem setTag: inputsamplerate];
5221
5222     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
5223     {
5224         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5225                                 [NSString stringWithCString: hb_audio_rates[i].string]
5226                                                                  action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5227         [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_rates[i].rate];
5228     }
5229     /* We use the input sample rate as the default sample rate as downsampling just makes audio worse
5230     * and there is no compelling reason to use anything else as default, though the users default
5231     * preset will likely override any setting chosen here.
5232     */
5233     [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTag: inputsamplerate];
5234
5235
5236     /* Since AC3 Pass Thru uses the input ac3 bitrate and sample rate, we get the input tracks
5237     * bitrate and dispay it in the bitrate popup even though libhb happily ignores any bitrate input from
5238     * the gui. We do this for better user feedback in the audio tab as well as the queue for the most part
5239     */
5240     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5241     {
5242
5243         /* lets also set the bitrate popup to the input bitrate as thats what passthru will use */
5244         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5245         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5246                                 [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d", inputbitrate]
5247                                                               action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5248         [menuItem setTag: inputbitrate];
5249         /* For ac3 passthru we disable the sample rate and bitrate popups as well as the drc slider*/
5250         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5251         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5252
5253         [drcSlider setFloatValue: 1.00];
5254         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
5255         [drcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5256         [drcField setEnabled: NO];
5257     }
5258     else
5259     {
5260         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
5261         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
5262         [drcSlider setEnabled: YES];
5263         [drcField setEnabled: YES];
5264     }
5265 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
5266 }
5267
5268 - (IBAction) audioDRCSliderChanged: (id) sender
5269 {
5270     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5271     NSTextField * drcField;
5272     if (sender == fAudTrack1DrcSlider)
5273     {
5274         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5275         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5276     }
5277     else if (sender == fAudTrack2DrcSlider)
5278     {
5279         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5280         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5281     }
5282     else if (sender == fAudTrack3DrcSlider)
5283     {
5284         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5285         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5286     }
5287     else
5288     {
5289         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5290         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5291     }
5292
5293     /* If we are between 0.0 and 1.0 on the slider, snap it to 1.0 */
5294     if ([drcSlider floatValue] > 0.0 && [drcSlider floatValue] < 1.0)
5295     {
5296         [drcSlider setFloatValue:1.0];
5297     }
5298
5299
5300     [drcField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [drcSlider floatValue]]];
5301     /* For now, do not call this until we have an intelligent way to determine audio track selections
5302     * compared to presets
5303     */
5304     //[self customSettingUsed: sender];
5305 }
5306
5307 - (IBAction) subtitleSelectionChanged: (id) sender
5308 {
5309         if ([fSubPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5310         {
5311         [fSubForcedCheck setState: NSOffState];
5312         [fSubForcedCheck setEnabled: NO];
5313         }
5314         else
5315         {
5316         [fSubForcedCheck setEnabled: YES];
5317         }
5318
5319 }
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324 #pragma mark -
5325 #pragma mark Open New Windows
5326
5327 - (IBAction) openHomepage: (id) sender
5328 {
5329     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5330         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/"]];
5331 }
5332
5333 - (IBAction) openForums: (id) sender
5334 {
5335     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5336         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/forum/"]];
5337 }
5338 - (IBAction) openUserGuide: (id) sender
5339 {
5340     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5341         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/trac/wiki/HandBrakeGuide"]];
5342 }
5343
5344 /**
5345  * Shows debug output window.
5346  */
5347 - (IBAction)showDebugOutputPanel:(id)sender
5348 {
5349     [outputPanel showOutputPanel:sender];
5350 }
5351
5352 /**
5353  * Shows preferences window.
5354  */
5355 - (IBAction) showPreferencesWindow: (id) sender
5356 {
5357     NSWindow * window = [fPreferencesController window];
5358     if (![window isVisible])
5359         [window center];
5360
5361     [window makeKeyAndOrderFront: nil];
5362 }
5363
5364 /**
5365  * Shows queue window.
5366  */
5367 - (IBAction) showQueueWindow:(id)sender
5368 {
5369     [fQueueController showQueueWindow:sender];
5370 }
5371
5372
5373 - (IBAction) toggleDrawer:(id)sender {
5374     [fPresetDrawer toggle:self];
5375 }
5376
5377 /**
5378  * Shows Picture Settings Window.
5379  */
5380
5381 - (IBAction) showPicturePanel: (id) sender
5382 {
5383         [fPictureController showPictureWindow:sender];
5384 }
5385
5386 - (void) picturePanelFullScreen
5387 {
5388         [fPictureController setToFullScreenMode];
5389 }
5390
5391 - (void) picturePanelWindowed
5392 {
5393         [fPictureController setToWindowedMode];
5394 }
5395
5396 - (IBAction) showPreviewWindow: (id) sender
5397 {
5398         [fPictureController showPreviewWindow:sender];
5399 }
5400
5401 #pragma mark -
5402 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods
5403 #pragma mark - Required
5404 /* These are required by the NSOutlineView Datasource Delegate */
5405
5406
5407 /* used to specify the number of levels to show for each item */
5408 - (int)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView numberOfChildrenOfItem:(id)item
5409 {
5410     /* currently use no levels to test outline view viability */
5411     if (item == nil) // for an outline view the root level of the hierarchy is always nil
5412     {
5413         return [UserPresets count];
5414     }
5415     else
5416     {
5417         /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5418         NSArray *children = nil;
5419         children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5420         if ([children count] > 0)
5421         {
5422             return [children count];
5423         }
5424         else
5425         {
5426             return 0;
5427         }
5428     }
5429 }
5430
5431 /* We use this to deterimine children of an item */
5432 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView child:(NSInteger)index ofItem:(id)item
5433 {
5434
5435     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5436     NSArray *children = nil;
5437     if (item == nil)
5438     {
5439         children = UserPresets;
5440     }
5441     else
5442     {
5443         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
5444         {
5445             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5446         }
5447     }
5448     if ((children == nil) || ( [children count] <= (NSUInteger) index))
5449     {
5450         return nil;
5451     }
5452     else
5453     {
5454         return [children objectAtIndex:index];
5455     }
5456
5457
5458     // We are only one level deep, so we can't be asked about children
5459     //NSAssert (NO, @"Presets View outlineView:child:ofItem: currently can't handle nested items.");
5460     //return nil;
5461 }
5462
5463 /* We use this to determine if an item should be expandable */
5464 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView isItemExpandable:(id)item
5465 {
5466
5467     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5468     NSArray *children= nil;
5469     if (item == nil)
5470     {
5471         children = UserPresets;
5472     }
5473     else
5474     {
5475         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
5476         {
5477             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5478         }
5479     }
5480
5481     /* To deterimine if an item should show a disclosure triangle
5482      * we could do it by the children count as so:
5483      * if ([children count] < 1)
5484      * However, lets leave the triangle show even if there are no
5485      * children to help indicate a folder, just like folder in the
5486      * finder can show a disclosure triangle even when empty
5487      */
5488
5489     /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
5490    if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
5491    {
5492         return YES;
5493     }
5494     else
5495     {
5496         return NO;
5497     }
5498
5499 }
5500
5501 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView shouldExpandItem:(id)item
5502 {
5503     // Our outline view has no levels, but we can still expand every item. Doing so
5504     // just makes the row taller. See heightOfRowByItem below.
5505 //return ![(HBQueueOutlineView*)outlineView isDragging];
5506
5507 return YES;
5508 }
5509
5510
5511 /* Used to tell the outline view which information is to be displayed per item */
5512 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView objectValueForTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
5513 {
5514         /* We have two columns right now, icon and PresetName */
5515
5516     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
5517     {
5518         return [item objectForKey:@"PresetName"];
5519     }
5520     else
5521     {
5522         //return @"";
5523         return nil;
5524     }
5525 }
5526
5527 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView itemForPersistentObject:(id)object
5528 {
5529     return [NSKeyedUnarchiver unarchiveObjectWithData:object];
5530 }
5531 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView persistentObjectForItem:(id)item
5532 {
5533     return [NSKeyedArchiver archivedDataWithRootObject:item];
5534 }
5535
5536 #pragma mark - Added Functionality (optional)
5537 /* Use to customize the font and display characteristics of the title cell */
5538 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView willDisplayCell:(id)cell forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn item:(id)item
5539 {
5540     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
5541     {
5542         NSFont *txtFont;
5543         NSColor *fontColor;
5544         NSColor *shadowColor;
5545         txtFont = [NSFont systemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
5546         /*check to see if its a selected row */
5547         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] == [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem:item])
5548         {
5549
5550             fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
5551             shadowColor = [NSColor colorWithDeviceRed:(127.0/255.0) green:(140.0/255.0) blue:(160.0/255.0) alpha:1.0];
5552         }
5553         else
5554         {
5555             if ([[item objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
5556             {
5557                 fontColor = [NSColor blueColor];
5558             }
5559             else // User created preset, use a black font
5560             {
5561                 fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
5562             }
5563             /* check to see if its a folder */
5564             //if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
5565             //{
5566             //fontColor = [NSColor greenColor];
5567             //}
5568
5569
5570         }
5571         /* We use Bold Text for the HB Default */
5572         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)// 1 is HB default
5573         {
5574             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
5575         }
5576         /* We use Bold Text for the User Specified Default */
5577         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2)// 2 is User default
5578         {
5579             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
5580         }
5581
5582
5583         [cell setTextColor:fontColor];
5584         [cell setFont:txtFont];
5585
5586     }
5587 }
5588
5589 /* We use this to edit the name field in the outline view */
5590 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView setObjectValue:(id)object forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
5591 {
5592     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
5593     {
5594         id theRecord;
5595
5596         theRecord = item;
5597         [theRecord setObject:object forKey:@"PresetName"];
5598
5599         [self sortPresets];
5600
5601         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
5602         /* We save all of the preset data here */
5603         [self savePreset];
5604     }
5605 }
5606 /* We use this to provide tooltips for the items in the presets outline view */
5607 - (NSString *)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView toolTipForCell:(NSCell *)cell rect:(NSRectPointer)rect tableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tc item:(id)item mouseLocation:(NSPoint)mouseLocation
5608 {
5609     //if ([[tc identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
5610     //{
5611         /* initialize the tooltip contents variable */
5612         NSString *loc_tip;
5613         /* if there is a description for the preset, we show it in the tooltip */
5614         if ([item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"])
5615         {
5616             loc_tip = [item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"];
5617             return (loc_tip);
5618         }
5619         else
5620         {
5621             loc_tip = @"No description available";
5622         }
5623         return (loc_tip);
5624     //}
5625 }
5626
5627 #pragma mark -
5628 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods (dragging related)
5629
5630
5631 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView writeItems:(NSArray *)items toPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pboard
5632 {
5633         // Dragging is only allowed for custom presets.
5634     //[[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1
5635         if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // 0 is built in preset
5636     {
5637         return NO;
5638     }
5639     // Don't retain since this is just holding temporaral drag information, and it is
5640     //only used during a drag!  We could put this in the pboard actually.
5641     fDraggedNodes = items;
5642     // Provide data for our custom type, and simple NSStrings.
5643     [pboard declareTypes:[NSArray arrayWithObjects: DragDropSimplePboardType, nil] owner:self];
5644
5645     // the actual data doesn't matter since DragDropSimplePboardType drags aren't recognized by anyone but us!.
5646     [pboard setData:[NSData data] forType:DragDropSimplePboardType];
5647
5648     return YES;
5649 }
5650
5651 - (NSDragOperation)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView validateDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info proposedItem:(id)item proposedChildIndex:(NSInteger)index
5652 {
5653
5654         // Don't allow dropping ONTO an item since they can't really contain any children.
5655
5656     BOOL isOnDropTypeProposal = index == NSOutlineViewDropOnItemIndex;
5657     if (isOnDropTypeProposal)
5658         return NSDragOperationNone;
5659
5660     // Don't allow dropping INTO an item since they can't really contain any children as of yet.
5661         if (item != nil)
5662         {
5663                 index = [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: item] + 1;
5664                 item = nil;
5665         }
5666
5667     // Don't allow dropping into the Built In Presets.
5668     if (index < presetCurrentBuiltInCount)
5669     {
5670         return NSDragOperationNone;
5671         index = MAX (index, presetCurrentBuiltInCount);
5672         }
5673
5674     [outlineView setDropItem:item dropChildIndex:index];
5675     return NSDragOperationGeneric;
5676 }
5677
5678
5679
5680 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView acceptDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info item:(id)item childIndex:(NSInteger)index
5681 {
5682     /* first, lets see if we are dropping into a folder */
5683     if ([[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1) // if its a folder
5684         {
5685     NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
5686     childrenArray = [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5687     [childrenArray addObject:item];
5688     [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5689     [childrenArray autorelease];
5690     }
5691     else // We are not, so we just move the preset into the existing array
5692     {
5693         NSMutableIndexSet *moveItems = [NSMutableIndexSet indexSet];
5694         id obj;
5695         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [fDraggedNodes objectEnumerator];
5696         while (obj = [enumerator nextObject])
5697         {
5698             [moveItems addIndex:[UserPresets indexOfObject:obj]];
5699         }
5700         // Successful drop, lets rearrange the view and save it all
5701         [self moveObjectsInPresetsArray:UserPresets fromIndexes:moveItems toIndex: index];
5702     }
5703     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
5704     [self savePreset];
5705     return YES;
5706 }
5707
5708 - (void)moveObjectsInPresetsArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
5709 {
5710     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
5711     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
5712
5713     NSUInteger removeIndex;
5714
5715     if (index >= insertIndex)
5716     {
5717         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
5718         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
5719     }
5720     else
5721     {
5722         removeIndex = index;
5723         insertIndex--;
5724     }
5725
5726     id object = [[array objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
5727     [array removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
5728     [array insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
5729     [object release];
5730
5731     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
5732 }
5733
5734
5735
5736 #pragma mark - Functional Preset NSOutlineView Methods
5737
5738 - (IBAction)selectPreset:(id)sender
5739 {
5740
5741     if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
5742     {
5743         chosenPreset = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
5744         [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
5745
5746         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)
5747         {
5748             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@ (Default)", [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]]];
5749         }
5750         else
5751         {
5752             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
5753         }
5754
5755         /* File Format */
5756         [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
5757         [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
5758
5759         /* Chapter Markers*/
5760         [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
5761         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
5762         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
5763         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
5764         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
5765
5766         /* Video encoder */
5767         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
5768         /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
5769         [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
5770
5771         /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
5772         [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
5773         /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
5774         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
5775         [self calculateBitrate:nil];
5776
5777         /* Video quality */
5778         [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
5779
5780         [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
5781         [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
5782
5783         /* Since we are now using RF Values for the slider, we detect if the preset uses an old quality float.
5784          * So, check to see if the quality value is less than 1.0 which should indicate the old ".062" type
5785          * quality preset. Caveat: in the case of x264, where the RF scale starts at 0, it would misinterpret
5786          * a preset that uses 0.0 - 0.99 for RF as an old style preset. Not sure how to get around that one yet,
5787          * though it should be a corner case since it would pretty much be a preset for lossless encoding. */
5788         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue] < 1.0)
5789         {
5790             /* For the quality slider we need to convert the old percent's to the new rf scales */
5791             float rf =  (([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]);
5792             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
5793
5794         }
5795         else
5796         {
5797             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) - [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
5798         }
5799
5800         [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
5801
5802         /* Video framerate */
5803         /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
5804          detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
5805         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
5806         {
5807             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5808         }
5809         else
5810         {
5811             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
5812         }
5813
5814
5815         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
5816         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
5817         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
5818
5819         /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
5820         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
5821
5822         /*Audio*/
5823
5824         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
5825         {
5826             if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5827             {
5828                 [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
5829             }
5830             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
5831             [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
5832             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5833             [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
5834             /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
5835              * mixdown*/
5836             if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
5837             {
5838                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5839             }
5840             [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
5841             /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
5842             if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
5843             {
5844                 [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
5845             }
5846             [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
5847             [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
5848         }
5849         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
5850         {
5851             if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5852             {
5853                 [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
5854             }
5855             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
5856             [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
5857             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
5858             [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
5859             /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
5860              * mixdown*/
5861             if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
5862             {
5863                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
5864             }
5865             [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
5866             /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
5867             if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
5868             {
5869                 [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
5870             }
5871             [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
5872             [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
5873         }
5874         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
5875         {
5876             if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5877             {
5878                 [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
5879             }
5880             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
5881             [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
5882             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
5883             [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
5884             /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
5885              * mixdown*/
5886             if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
5887             {
5888                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
5889             }
5890             [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
5891             /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
5892             if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
5893             {
5894                 [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
5895             }
5896             [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
5897             [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
5898         }
5899         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
5900         {
5901             if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5902             {
5903                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
5904             }
5905             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
5906             [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
5907             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
5908             [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
5909             /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
5910              * mixdown*/
5911             if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
5912             {
5913                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
5914             }
5915             [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
5916             /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
5917             if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
5918             {
5919                 [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
5920             }
5921             [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
5922             [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
5923         }
5924
5925         /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
5926
5927         if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] == 0)
5928         {
5929             [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5930             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
5931         }
5932         if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
5933         {
5934             [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5935             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
5936         }
5937         if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
5938         {
5939             [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5940             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
5941         }
5942
5943         /*Subtitles*/
5944         [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
5945         /* Forced Subtitles */
5946         [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
5947
5948         /* Picture Settings */
5949         /* Note: objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings" refers to picture size, which encompasses:
5950          * height, width, keep ar, anamorphic and crop settings.
5951          * picture filters are handled separately below.
5952          */
5953         /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is greater than 0, as 0 means use picture sizing "None"
5954          * ( 2 is use max for source and 1 is use exact size when the preset was created ) and the
5955          * preset completely ignores any picture sizing values in the preset.
5956          */
5957         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] > 0)
5958         {
5959             hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
5960
5961             /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
5962              when the preset was created and apply them */
5963             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
5964             {
5965                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
5966
5967                 /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
5968                 job->crop[0] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
5969                 job->crop[1] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
5970                 job->crop[2] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
5971                 job->crop[3] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
5972
5973             }
5974             else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
5975             {
5976                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
5977                 /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
5978                 job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
5979                 job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
5980                 job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
5981                 job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
5982
5983             }
5984
5985
5986             /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 2 which is "Use Max for the source */
5987             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 2 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 1)
5988             {
5989                 /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
5990                 [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
5991                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
5992                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
5993                 {
5994                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
5995                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
5996                     {
5997                         job->height = fTitle->height;
5998                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
5999                     }
6000                 }
6001                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
6002             }
6003             else // /* If not 0 or 2 we assume objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 1 which is "Use picture sizing from when the preset was set" */
6004             {
6005                 /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
6006                 if (fTitle->width < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
6007                 {
6008                     /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
6009                     //job->width = fTitle->width;
6010                     //job->height = fTitle->height;
6011                     [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
6012                 }
6013                 else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
6014                 {
6015                     /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
6016                     job->width = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
6017                     job->height = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
6018                 }
6019                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
6020                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
6021                 {
6022                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
6023                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
6024                     {
6025                         job->height = fTitle->height;
6026                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
6027                     }
6028                 }
6029                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
6030
6031             }
6032
6033
6034         }
6035         /* If the preset has an objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters", and handle the filters here */
6036         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"] && [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"]  intValue] > 0)
6037         {
6038             /* Filters */
6039
6040             /* We only allow *either* Decomb or Deinterlace. So check for the PictureDecombDeinterlace key.
6041              * also, older presets may not have this key, in which case we also check to see if that preset had  PictureDecomb
6042              * specified, in which case we use decomb and ignore any possible Deinterlace settings as using both was less than
6043              * sane.
6044              */
6045             [fPictureController setUseDecomb:1];
6046             [fPictureController setDecomb:0];
6047             [fPictureController setDeinterlace:0];
6048             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
6049             {
6050                 /* we are using decomb */
6051                 /* Decomb */
6052                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
6053                 {
6054                     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
6055
6056                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the decomb setting, also set the custom string*/
6057                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 2)
6058                     {
6059                         [fPictureController setDecombCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"]];
6060                     }
6061                 }
6062              }
6063             else
6064             {
6065                 /* We are using Deinterlace */
6066                 /* Deinterlace */
6067                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] > 0)
6068                 {
6069                     [fPictureController setUseDecomb:0];
6070                     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
6071                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the deinterlace setting, also set the custom string*/
6072                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 4)
6073                     {
6074                         [fPictureController setDeinterlaceCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"]];
6075                     }
6076                 }
6077             }
6078
6079
6080             /* Detelecine */
6081             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] > 0)
6082             {
6083                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
6084                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the detelecine setting, also set the custom string*/
6085                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 2)
6086                 {
6087                     [fPictureController setDetelecineCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"]];
6088                 }
6089             }
6090             else
6091             {
6092                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:0];
6093             }
6094
6095             /* Denoise */
6096             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] > 0)
6097             {
6098                 [fPictureController setDenoise:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
6099                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the denoise setting, also set the custom string*/
6100                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 4)
6101                 {
6102                     [fPictureController setDenoiseCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"]];
6103                 }
6104             }
6105             else
6106             {
6107                 [fPictureController setDenoise:0];
6108             }
6109
6110             /* Deblock */
6111             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] == 1)
6112             {
6113                 /* if its a one, then its the old on/off deblock, set on to 5*/
6114                 [fPictureController setDeblock:5];
6115             }
6116             else
6117             {
6118                 /* use the settings intValue */
6119                 [fPictureController setDeblock:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
6120             }
6121
6122             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue] == 1)
6123             {
6124                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:1];
6125             }
6126             else
6127             {
6128                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:0];
6129             }
6130         }
6131         /* we call SetTitle: in fPictureController so we get an instant update in the Picture Settings window */
6132         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
6133         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
6134         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
6135     }
6136 }
6137
6138
6139 #pragma mark -
6140 #pragma mark Manage Presets
6141
6142 - (void) loadPresets {
6143         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
6144         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
6145         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
6146     UserPresetsFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/UserPresets.plist";
6147         UserPresetsFile = [[UserPresetsFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
6148     /* We check for the presets.plist */
6149         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:UserPresetsFile] == 0)
6150         {
6151                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:UserPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
6152         }
6153
6154         UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:UserPresetsFile];
6155         if (nil == UserPresets)
6156         {
6157                 UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6158                 [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
6159         }
6160         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6161 }
6162
6163
6164 - (IBAction) showAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
6165 {
6166     /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
6167     [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6168
6169     /* Populate the preset picture settings popup here */
6170     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp removeAllItems];
6171     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"None"];
6172     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Current"];
6173     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Source Maximum (post source scan)"];
6174     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6175     /* Uncheck the preset use filters checkbox */
6176     [fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck setState:NSOffState];
6177     // fPresetNewFolderCheck
6178     [fPresetNewFolderCheck setState:NSOffState];
6179     /* Erase info from the input fields*/
6180         [fPresetNewName setStringValue: @""];
6181         [fPresetNewDesc setStringValue: @""];
6182         /* Show the panel */
6183         [NSApp beginSheet:fAddPresetPanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
6184 }
6185
6186 - (IBAction) closeAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
6187 {
6188     [NSApp endSheet: fAddPresetPanel];
6189     [fAddPresetPanel orderOut: self];
6190 }
6191
6192 - (IBAction)addUserPreset:(id)sender
6193 {
6194     if (![[fPresetNewName stringValue] length])
6195             NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"You need to insert a name for the preset.", @"OK", nil , nil);
6196     else
6197     {
6198         /* Here we create a custom user preset */
6199         [UserPresets addObject:[self createPreset]];
6200         [self addPreset];
6201
6202         [self closeAddPresetPanel:nil];
6203     }
6204 }
6205 - (void)addPreset
6206 {
6207
6208
6209         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
6210     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6211    /* We save all of the preset data here */
6212     [self savePreset];
6213 }
6214
6215 - (void)sortPresets
6216 {
6217
6218
6219         /* We Sort the Presets By Factory or Custom */
6220         NSSortDescriptor * presetTypeDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"Type"
6221                                                     ascending:YES] autorelease];
6222         /* We Sort the Presets Alphabetically by name  We do not use this now as we have drag and drop*/
6223         /*
6224     NSSortDescriptor * presetNameDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"PresetName"
6225                                                     ascending:YES selector:@selector(caseInsensitiveCompare:)] autorelease];
6226         //NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,presetNameDescriptor,nil];
6227
6228     */
6229     /* Since we can drag and drop our custom presets, lets just sort by type and not name */
6230     NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,nil];
6231         NSArray *sortedArray=[UserPresets sortedArrayUsingDescriptors:sortDescriptors];
6232         [UserPresets setArray:sortedArray];
6233
6234
6235 }
6236
6237 - (IBAction)insertPreset:(id)sender
6238 {
6239     int index = [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow];
6240     [UserPresets insertObject:[self createPreset] atIndex:index];
6241     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6242     [self savePreset];
6243 }
6244
6245 - (NSDictionary *)createPreset
6246 {
6247     NSMutableDictionary *preset = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
6248         /* Get the New Preset Name from the field in the AddPresetPanel */
6249     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
6250     /* Set whether or not this is to be a folder fPresetNewFolderCheck*/
6251     [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:[fPresetNewFolderCheck state]] forKey:@"Folder"];
6252         /*Set whether or not this is a user preset or factory 0 is factory, 1 is user*/
6253         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Type"];
6254         /*Set whether or not this is default, at creation set to 0*/
6255         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
6256     if ([fPresetNewFolderCheck state] == YES)
6257     {
6258         /* initialize and set an empty array for children here since we are a new folder */
6259         NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6260         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6261         [childrenArray autorelease];
6262     }
6263     else // we are not creating a preset folder, so we go ahead with the rest of the preset info
6264     {
6265         /*Get the whether or not to apply pic Size and Cropping (includes Anamorphic)*/
6266         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"];
6267         /* Get whether or not to use the current Picture Filter settings for the preset */
6268         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck state]] forKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"];
6269
6270         /* Get New Preset Description from the field in the AddPresetPanel*/
6271         [preset setObject:[fPresetNewDesc stringValue] forKey:@"PresetDescription"];
6272         /* File Format */
6273         [preset setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
6274         /* Chapter Markers fCreateChapterMarkers*/
6275         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
6276         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
6277         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
6278         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
6279         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
6280         /* Add iPod uuid atom */
6281         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
6282
6283         /* Codecs */
6284         /* Video encoder */
6285         [preset setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
6286         /* x264 Option String */
6287         [preset setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
6288
6289         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
6290         [preset setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
6291         [preset setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
6292         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
6293
6294         /* Video framerate */
6295         if ([fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) // Same as source is selected
6296         {
6297             [preset setObject:@"Same as source" forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
6298         }
6299         else // we can record the actual titleOfSelectedItem
6300         {
6301             [preset setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
6302         }
6303
6304         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
6305         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
6306         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
6307         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
6308         /*Picture Settings*/
6309         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
6310         /* Picture Sizing */
6311         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
6312         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
6313         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
6314         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
6315         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
6316         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
6317
6318         /* Set crop settings here */
6319         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
6320         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
6321         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
6322         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
6323         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
6324
6325         /* Picture Filters */
6326         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
6327         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
6328         [preset setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
6329         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
6330         [preset setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
6331         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
6332         [preset setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
6333         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
6334         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
6335         [preset setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
6336         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
6337
6338
6339         /*Audio*/
6340         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
6341         {
6342             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio1Track"];
6343             [preset setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDescription"];
6344             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Encoder"];
6345             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"];
6346             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"];
6347             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"];
6348             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"];
6349         }
6350         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
6351         {
6352             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio2Track"];
6353             [preset setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDescription"];
6354             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Encoder"];
6355             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"];
6356             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"];
6357             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"];
6358             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"];
6359         }
6360         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
6361         {
6362             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio3Track"];
6363             [preset setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDescription"];
6364             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Encoder"];
6365             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"];
6366             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"];
6367             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"];
6368             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"];
6369         }
6370         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
6371         {
6372             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio4Track"];
6373             [preset setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDescription"];
6374             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Encoder"];
6375             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"];
6376             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"];
6377             [preset setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"];
6378             [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"];
6379         }
6380
6381         /* Subtitles*/
6382         [preset setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
6383         /* Forced Subtitles */
6384         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
6385     }
6386     [preset autorelease];
6387     return preset;
6388
6389 }
6390
6391 - (void)savePreset
6392 {
6393     [UserPresets writeToFile:UserPresetsFile atomically:YES];
6394         /* We get the default preset in case it changed */
6395         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
6396
6397 }
6398
6399 - (IBAction)deletePreset:(id)sender
6400 {
6401
6402
6403     if ( [fPresetsOutlineView numberOfSelectedRows] == 0 )
6404     {
6405         return;
6406     }
6407     /* Alert user before deleting preset */
6408         int status;
6409     status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"Are you sure that you want to delete the selected preset?", @"OK", @"Cancel", nil);
6410
6411     if ( status == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
6412     {
6413         int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
6414         NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6415         NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
6416
6417         NSEnumerator *enumerator;
6418         NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
6419         NSMutableArray *tempArray;
6420         id tempObject;
6421         /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
6422         if (presetToModLevel == 0)
6423         {
6424             presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
6425         }
6426         else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
6427         {
6428             presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6429         }
6430
6431         enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
6432         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
6433
6434         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6435         {
6436             NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6437             if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
6438             {
6439                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
6440             }
6441         }
6442
6443         [presetsArrayToMod removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
6444         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6445         [self savePreset];
6446     }
6447 }
6448
6449 #pragma mark -
6450 #pragma mark Manage Default Preset
6451
6452 - (IBAction)getDefaultPresets:(id)sender
6453 {
6454         presetHbDefault = nil;
6455     presetUserDefault = nil;
6456     presetUserDefaultParent = nil;
6457     presetUserDefaultParentParent = nil;
6458     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParent = nil;
6459     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParentParent = nil;
6460
6461     int i = 0;
6462     BOOL userDefaultFound = NO;
6463     presetCurrentBuiltInCount = 0;
6464     /* First we iterate through the root UserPresets array to check for defaults */
6465     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
6466         id tempObject;
6467         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6468         {
6469                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6470                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
6471                 {
6472                         presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
6473                 }
6474                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
6475                 {
6476                         presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
6477             userDefaultFound = YES;
6478         }
6479         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
6480         {
6481                         presetCurrentBuiltInCount++; // <--increment the current number of built in presets
6482                 }
6483                 i++;
6484
6485         /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
6486         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6487         {
6488             NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParent = thisPresetDict;
6489             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
6490             id tempObject;
6491             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6492             {
6493                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6494                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
6495                 {
6496                     presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
6497                     presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
6498                 }
6499                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
6500                 {
6501                     presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
6502                     presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
6503                     userDefaultFound = YES;
6504                 }
6505
6506                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
6507                 if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6508                 {
6509                     NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParentParent = thisPresetDict;
6510                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
6511                     id tempObject;
6512                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6513                     {
6514                         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6515                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
6516                         {
6517                             presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
6518                             presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
6519                             presetHbDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
6520                         }
6521                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
6522                         {
6523                             presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
6524                             presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
6525                             presetUserDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
6526                             userDefaultFound = YES;
6527                         }
6528
6529                     }
6530                 }
6531             }
6532         }
6533
6534         }
6535     /* check to see if a user specified preset was found, if not then assign the parents for
6536      * the presetHbDefault so that we can open the parents for the nested presets
6537      */
6538     if (userDefaultFound == NO)
6539     {
6540         presetUserDefaultParent = presetHbDefaultParent;
6541         presetUserDefaultParentParent = presetHbDefaultParentParent;
6542     }
6543 }
6544
6545 - (IBAction)setDefaultPreset:(id)sender
6546 {
6547 /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
6548    if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6549    {
6550    return;
6551    }
6552
6553     int i = 0;
6554     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
6555         id tempObject;
6556         /* First make sure the old user specified default preset is removed */
6557     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6558         {
6559                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6560                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
6561                 {
6562                         [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
6563                 }
6564
6565                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
6566         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6567         {
6568             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
6569             id tempObject;
6570             int ii = 0;
6571             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6572             {
6573                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict1 = tempObject;
6574                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
6575                 {
6576                     [[[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:ii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
6577                 }
6578                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
6579                 if ([thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
6580                 {
6581                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
6582                     id tempObject;
6583                     int iii = 0;
6584                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6585                     {
6586                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
6587                         {
6588                             [[[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:iii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
6589                         }
6590                         iii++;
6591                     }
6592                 }
6593                 ii++;
6594             }
6595
6596         }
6597         i++;
6598         }
6599
6600
6601     int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
6602     NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6603     NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
6604
6605
6606     NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
6607     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
6608
6609     /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
6610     if (presetToModLevel == 0)
6611     {
6612         presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
6613     }
6614     else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
6615     {
6616         presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6617     }
6618
6619     enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
6620     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
6621     int iiii = 0;
6622     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6623     {
6624         NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6625         if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
6626         {
6627             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 2
6628             {
6629                 [[presetsArrayToMod objectAtIndex:iiii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Default"];
6630             }
6631         }
6632      iiii++;
6633      }
6634
6635
6636     /* We save all of the preset data here */
6637     [self savePreset];
6638     /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
6639     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6640 }
6641
6642 - (IBAction)selectDefaultPreset:(id)sender
6643 {
6644         NSMutableDictionary *presetToMod;
6645     /* if there is a user specified default, we use it */
6646         if (presetUserDefault)
6647         {
6648         presetToMod = presetUserDefault;
6649     }
6650         else if (presetHbDefault) //else we use the built in default presetHbDefault
6651         {
6652         presetToMod = presetHbDefault;
6653         }
6654     else
6655     {
6656     return;
6657     }
6658
6659     if (presetUserDefaultParent != nil)
6660     {
6661         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParent];
6662
6663     }
6664     if (presetUserDefaultParentParent != nil)
6665     {
6666         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParentParent];
6667
6668     }
6669
6670     [fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: presetToMod]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
6671         [self selectPreset:nil];
6672 }
6673
6674
6675 #pragma mark -
6676 #pragma mark Manage Built In Presets
6677
6678
6679 - (IBAction)deleteFactoryPresets:(id)sender
6680 {
6681     //int status;
6682     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
6683         id tempObject;
6684
6685         //NSNumber *index;
6686     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
6687
6688
6689         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
6690         /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
6691         while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
6692                 {
6693                         /* if the preset is "Factory" then we put it in the array of
6694                         presets to delete */
6695                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
6696                         {
6697                                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
6698                         }
6699         }
6700
6701         [UserPresets removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
6702         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6703         [self savePreset];
6704
6705 }
6706
6707    /* We use this method to recreate new, updated factory
6708    presets */
6709 - (IBAction)addFactoryPresets:(id)sender
6710 {
6711
6712    /* First, we delete any existing built in presets */
6713     [self deleteFactoryPresets: sender];
6714     /* Then we generate new built in presets programmatically with fPresetsBuiltin
6715     * which is all setup in HBPresets.h and  HBPresets.m*/
6716     [fPresetsBuiltin generateBuiltinPresets:UserPresets];
6717     [self sortPresets];
6718     [self addPreset];
6719
6720 }
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726 @end
6727
6728 /*******************************
6729  * Subclass of the HBPresetsOutlineView *
6730  *******************************/
6731
6732 @implementation HBPresetsOutlineView
6733 - (NSImage *)dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)dragRows tableColumns:(NSArray *)tableColumns event:(NSEvent*)dragEvent offset:(NSPointPointer)dragImageOffset
6734 {
6735     fIsDragging = YES;
6736
6737     // By default, NSTableView only drags an image of the first column. Change this to
6738     // drag an image of the queue's icon and PresetName columns.
6739     NSArray * cols = [NSArray arrayWithObjects: [self tableColumnWithIdentifier:@"PresetName"], nil];
6740     return [super dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:dragRows tableColumns:cols event:dragEvent offset:dragImageOffset];
6741 }
6742
6743
6744
6745 - (void) mouseDown:(NSEvent *)theEvent
6746 {
6747     [super mouseDown:theEvent];
6748         fIsDragging = NO;
6749 }
6750
6751
6752
6753 - (BOOL) isDragging;
6754 {
6755     return fIsDragging;
6756 }
6757 @end
6758
6759
6760